三年（2023-2025）中考英语真题分类汇编：专题37 短文语法填空（全国通用）（解析版）

这是一份三年（2023-2025）中考英语真题分类汇编：专题37 短文语法填空（全国通用）（解析版），共129页。
（2025·吉林长春·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
China is a cuntry f etiquette (礼仪). I’m wrking here as a freign teacher and I’m leaving sn. I 1 (real) have a deep understanding f Chinese culture and sciety.
Everything was new t me when I first arrived 2 China. As fr seats at the table, Chinese peple have their wn culture. Once, I 3 (invite) t a big dinner at a restaurant. Befre the dinner, smene shwed me t take the seat 4 was ready fr the mst imprtant persn. It faced the dr.
I fund anther 5 (interest) thing. Chinese peple like giving gifts in pairs. Last mnth, I 6 (have) a party with three friends in my hme. They each brught tw gifts. I culdn’t wait t pen them, 7 ne f my friends reminded me nt t d that right away. He thught it was 8 (plite) t pen gifts in frnt f the givers.
These are amazing 9 (day) f cultural experiences. I believe my stay in China will nt be 10 last time. I expect t cme t China again.
【答案】
1．really 2．in 3．was invited 4．that/which 5．interesting 6．had 7．but/yet 8．implite 9．days 10．the
【导语】本文讲述了一位在中国工作的外教即将离开中国，在离开前分享了自己对中国文化和社会的深刻理解。
1．句意：我是一名外教，即将离开中国，我真的对中国文化和社会有了深刻的理解。根据“I….have a deep understanding f Chinese culture and sciety.”和提示词可知，此处表达“真的对中国文化和社会有了深刻的理解”，really“真正地”符合句意。故填really。
2．句意：当我第一次来到中国时，一切对我来说都是新的。根据“Everything was new t me when I first arrived … China.”可知，此处表达“来到中国”，arrive in+大地点。故填in。
3．句意：有一次，我被邀请到一家餐馆吃一顿丰盛的晚餐。根据“Once, I …t a big dinner at a restaurant.”和提示词可知，此处表达“我被邀请”，应该用被动语态，且根据“Once”可知，应该用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是I，be动词用was。故填was invited。
4．句意：晚饭前，有人让我坐在为最重要的人准备的座位上。根据“Befre the dinner, smene shwed me t take the seat … was ready fr the mst imprtant persn.”可知，此处是定语从句，先行词是seat，指物，在从句中作主语，关系词用that或which。故填that/which。
5．句意：我发现了另一件有趣的事。根据“I fund anther…thing.”和提示词可知，此处表达“另一件有趣的事”，interesting“有趣的”，形容词修饰名词thing。故填interesting。
6．句意：上个月，我和三个朋友在家里举行了一个聚会。根据“Last mnth, I…a party with three friends in my hme.”和提示词可知，此处表达“举行了一个聚会”，根据“Last mnth”可知，应该用一般过去时，have的过去式是had。故填had。
7．句意：我迫不及待地想打开它们，但我的一个朋友提醒我不要马上打开。根据“I culdn’t wait t pen them,…ne f my friends reminded me nt t d that right away.”可知，前后句是转折关系，but“但是”或yet“然而”符合句意。故填but/yet。
8．句意：他认为在送礼者面前打开礼物是不礼貌的。根据“He thught it was…t pen gifts in frnt f the givers.”和提示词可知，此处表达“在送礼者面前打开礼物是不礼貌的”，implite“不礼貌的”符合句意。故填implite。
9．句意：这些是令人惊叹的文化体验日。根据“These are amazing…f cultural experiences.”和提示词可知，此处表达“文化体验日”，day“天”，可数名词，根据“These are”可知，应该用复数形式。故填days。
10．句意：我相信我在中国的停留不会是最后一次。根据“I believe my stay in China will nt be … last time.”可知，此处表达“不会是最后一次”，last前面应该加定冠词the。故填the。
（2025·辽宁·中考真题）
阅读短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内所给词的正确形式填空，使短文通顺、连贯。
My uncle Jasn is a fireman. Tday I visited him at the fire statin. It was a nice day full 11 new things t see and learn!
The fire statin lks like a huse. The mst exciting part is the garage (车库). There are 12 number f fire trucks in it, ready fr calls. The garage is als a place fr firemen t exercise. They must stay strng 13 (save) peple. Fr the safety f firemen, special masks (面罩), cats and helmets (头盔) are always necessary. But having them n is like wearing a winter cat in summer, bth heavy 14 ht!
When Uncle Jasn shwed me his bedrm, an emergency call 15 (sudden) came in—a fire in a huse! He and sme ther firemen rushed ut as sn as pssible. When they 16 (return), Uncle Jasn tld me they saved a family’s pet and put ut the fire.
Firemen wrk in shifts (轮班) and each shift lasts twenty-fur 17 (hur). On busy days, they may spend all night fighting fires. They als help peple in many ther ways. Last night, an ld cuple fund a snake in their huse and Uncle Jasn 18 (send) t ffer help.
Uncle Jasn says the hardest part fr him is being away frm 19 (he) family. He misses them when he’s at wrk, but he lves helping peple as a fireman.
It’s fun meeting my uncle at his wrkplace. In my heart, he has becme 20 (great) than ever befre. I’m s prud f him!
【答案】
11．f 12．a 13．t save 14．and 15．suddenly 16．returned 17．hurs 18．was sent 19．his 20．greater
【导语】本文讲述了作者参观消防员叔叔杰森工作的消防站的经历。
11．句意：今天是个充满新鲜事物可看可学的好日子！根据“ things”可知，full f“充满”。故填f。
12．句意：里面有许多消防车，随时待命。根据“number f fire trucks”可知，a number f“许多”，修饰可数名词复数。故填a。
13．句意：他们必须保持强壮才能救人。根据“They must stay ”可知，此处表示目的，应用动词不定式作目的状语。故填t save。
14．句意：但是戴上它们就像在夏天穿冬衣，又重又热！根据“bth ”可知，“既……又……”。故填and。
15．句意：当杰森叔叔带我参观他的卧室时，突然接到一个紧急电话——房子着火了！根据“an emergency in”可知，此处应用副词修饰动词came，sudden的副词形式为suddenly。故填suddenly。
16．句意：当他们回来时，杰森叔叔告诉我他们救了一家人的宠物，扑灭了大火。根据“Uncle Jasn tld me they saved a family’s pet and put ut the fire.”可知，此处描述的是过去发生的事情，应用一般过去时，动词用过去式returned。故填returned。
17．句意：消防员轮班工作，每班持续24小时。根据“twenty-fur...”可知，此处应用名词复数形式hurs，表示“24小时”。故填hurs。
18．句意：昨晚，一对老夫妇在他们家里发现了一条蛇，杰森叔叔被派去帮忙。根据“Last night, an ld cuple fund a snake in their huse and Uncle ffer help.”可知，此处描述的是过去发生的事情，应用一般过去时，且主语Uncle Jasn与动词send之间是被动关系，应用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是第三人称单数，be动词用was。故填was sent。
19．句意：杰森叔叔说他最难的部分是离开家人。根据“being away ”可知，此处应用形容词性物主代词his修饰名词family，表示“他的家人”。故填his。
20．句意：在我心中，他变得比以往任何时候都更伟大。根据“than ever befre”可知，此处应用形容词的比较级形式greater，表示“更伟大的”。故填greater。
（2025·山东临沂·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
“Everyne says Yimeng Muntain is beautiful, the scenery n Yimeng Muntain is excellent ...” When this well-knwn meldy (旋律) plays, the green muntains and clear water f Yimeng cme alive in the music. Fr ver 70 years, the stry behind this lcal sng has remained unknwn widely. Let’s search fr 21 (it) past and present tgether.
Sng Shulian, the third-generatin inheritr (第三代传唱人) f the tune, tld reprters that the sng 22 (create) in the 1940s, carrying the simple and hard-wrking spirit f Yimeng. “In 1940, Ruan Rushan and Li Lin 23 were frm the First Anti-Japanese University were asked t create a sng t praise Yimeng peple. They cllected materials by 24 (visit) lcal families and researching flk culture. Thanks 25 their lng-term preparatins, Ruan Rushan wrte the lyrics with Li Lin in a village huse vernight. When Ruan Rushan sang the sng fr the first time, the crwd was 26 excited that many peple vlunteered t jin the army,” said Sng. Later, it spread acrss Shandng and ther places.
With the simple lyrics, beautiful meldy, and 27 (live) perfrmances, Yimeng Muntain Tune has becme a symbl f Yimeng and a musical sign f Shandng. 28 (prtect) this culture, the Yimeng Muntain Tune Living Museum was built at the tune’s birthplaceBaishiwu, Feixian in 2016. The museum shws the tune’s histry cmpletely. It 29 (hld) plenty f wnderful perfrmances s far. “We rganize many regular singing activities, especially fr 30 (child), t pass the tune dwn generatin after generatin.” Sng said.
【答案】
21．its 22．was created 23．wh 24．visiting 25．t 26．s 27．lively 28．T prtect 29．has held 30．children
【导语】本文主要介绍了《沂蒙山歌》这首歌曲的过去与现在。
21．句意：让我们一起探寻它的过去与现在吧。空处修饰past and present，应该用it的形容词性物主代词its，表示“它的”。故填its。
22．句意：这首歌创作于20世纪40年代，承载着沂蒙地区质朴而勤劳的精神内涵。根据“in the 1940s”可知，此处是一般过去时。分析句子可知，主语the sng与谓语create之间是被动关系，故此处是一般过去时的被动语态was/were dne。主语是第三人称单数，be动词用was。故填was created。
23．句意：1940年，来自第一抗日大学的阮若珊和李琳被要求创作一首歌曲来歌颂沂蒙人民。分析句子可知，“Ruan Rushan and Li Lin”指人，空后的“were frm the First Anti-Japanese University”是对其修饰限定。此处是定语从句，先行词是人，在定语从句中作主语，关系代词用wh。故填wh。
24．句意：他们通过走访当地家庭以及对民间文化的调研来收集资料。句中by是介词，后接动名词作宾语。故填visiting。
25．句意：由于他们做了长期的准备，阮若珊和李林在一间村舍里连夜完成了歌词的创作。thanks t“多亏了，由于”，固定短语。故填t。
26．句意：当阮若珊第一次演唱这首歌时，现场的观众异常激动，以至于很多人主动报名参军。根据“the crwd was…excited that”可知，此处是“s…that…”结构，表示“如此……以致于……”。故填s。
27．句意：凭借简洁的歌词、优美的旋律以及充满活力的表演，《沂蒙山歌》已成为沂蒙的象征，也是山东音乐的标志。空处修饰名词perfrmances，应该用形容词lively“有活力的”，作定语。故填lively。
28．句意：为了保护这一文化，2016年，沂蒙山小调活态博物馆在其诞生地费县白石屋落成。分析句子可知，此处用动词不定式作目的状语。故填T prtect。
29．句意：到目前为止，它已经举办了众多精彩的演出。根据“s far”可知，此处是现在完成时，其结构是have/has dne。主语是it，助动词用has。故填has held。
30．句意：我们定期组织许多歌唱活动，尤其是为孩子们举办，以便将这种旋律代代相传下去。根据“We rganize many regular singing activities, especially fr…”可知，此处表示“尤其是为孩子们举办许多歌唱活动”，child的复数children“孩子们”符合题意，复数形式表示泛指。故填children。
（2025·福建·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据语境或所给单词的提示，在每个空格内填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
The Great Wall, which is a symbl f ur histry, snakes acrss a muntain area f Tianzhu, Gansu prvince. Thirty-nine prtectrs wrk 31 (careful) in the area t prtect the great wnder.
With 32 histry f ver 2,000 years, the wall in Gansu wasn’t in gd cnditin. Nature did great harm t the wall. Sme 33 (part) f the wall were washed away by heavy rains and blwn away by strng winds. Peple in sme places als harmed it.
But things started t change. In 2006, Great Wall Prtectin Regulatins (条例) 34 (cme) int effect. After that, mre and mre peple started t take part 35 caring fr the wall. In recent years, the gvernment f Tianzhu has spent mre and mre mney 36 (prtect) the wall. Mdern technlgy like self-driven sensing technlgy 37 drnes (无人机) have als been used t watch the wall.
With all these effrts, the prtectrs are still busy with the wrk. Every week they guard the wall, and any changes are well recrded and 38 (reprt) t the gvernment. They als help peple realize it’s imprtant t prtect cultural heritage (遗产). Luckily, with 39 (they) hard wrk, much greater changes have taken place.
“As lng as we are here, we will prtect this wall. It is ur jb and ur 40 (prud),” said ne f the prtectrs.
【答案】
31．carefully 32．a 33．parts 34．came 35．in 36．prtecting 37．and 38．reprted 39．their 40．pride
【导语】本文主要介绍了甘肃天祝县的长城保护工作。
31．句意：39名保护者在这个地区认真地工作，以保护这一伟大的奇迹。此处修饰动词wrk用副词carefully“认真地”。故填carefully。
32．句意：有着超过2000年历史的甘肃长城状况不佳。with a histry f“有……的历史”。故填a。
33．句意：长城的一些部分被大雨冲走，被强风吹走。sme后加可数名词复数parts“部分”。故填parts。
34．句意：2006年，《长城保护条例》开始生效。根据“In 2006”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填came。
35．句意：此后，越来越多的人开始参与保护长城的工作。take part in“参加”。故填in。
36．句意：近年来，天祝县政府投入了越来越多的资金来保护长城。prtect“保护”，spend time ding sth.“花费时间做某事”。故填prtecting。
37．句意：自动驾驶感应技术和无人机等现代技术也被用来监控长城。“self-driven sensing technlgy”和“drnes”是并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
38．句意：每周他们都守护着长城，任何变化都被详细记录并报告给政府。此处动词reprt和主语any changes之间是被动关系，故此处用过去分词和be动词构成被动语态。故填reprted。
39．句意：幸运的是，通过他们的努力，发生了更大的变化。修饰空后的名词，用形容词性物主代词their“他们的”。故填their。
40．句意：这是我们的工作，也是我们的骄傲。形容词性物主代词ur后加名词pride“骄傲”，不可数名词。故填pride。
（2025·内蒙古·中考真题）
阅读短文内容，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
(Read Elin’s email frm Nrway t a friend in China she has never met.)T: Li Ming
Subject: Yur friend
Hi Li Ming,
Thanks fr yur email. It’s great t hear frm yu!
Yu asked abut 41 (I). Well, I 42 (graduate) frm cllege last year and I’m wrking in an ffice nw. In my free time, I 43 (usual) get tgether with friends, g hiking, and chat with family and friends nline.
Osl is the capital f Nrway and is 44 (large) than any ther city in the cuntry. Osl is such 45 amazing place that many peple cme fr a visit every year. It’s full f great museums and restaurants. It’s a gd 46 (chse) if yu have a travel plan. I dn’t knw if everyne 47 (like) winter sprts in Nrway, but a lt f us enjy skiing and snwbarding (see the pht f me). I saw yur graduatin pht. That is s 48 (interest)! Learning that yu are studying traditinal Chinese medicine, I want t knw mre abut it.
Thanks t fr yur invitatin t yur city. I wnder 49 peple d fr fun there.
Let’s keep in tuch. Lking frward t 50 (meet) yu sn.
Elin
【答案】
41．me 42．graduated 43．usually 44．larger 45．an 46．chice 47．likes 48．interesting 49．what 50．meeting
【导语】本文是艾琳从挪威发给一位素未谋面的中国朋友的邮件，邮件中介绍自己的信息，挪威的首都奥斯陆以及一些旅行建议。
41．句意：你问到了我的情况。动词短语后用宾格me作宾语，故填me。
42．句意：嗯，我去年从大学毕业了，现在在一家公司上班。根据“last year”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填graduated。
43．句意：在空闲时间，我通常会和朋友们聚在一起，去远足，还会通过网络与家人朋友交流聊天。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词usually，故填usually。
44．句意：奥斯陆是挪威的首都，其规模比该国其他任何城市都要大。根据“than”可知，此处应使用形容词比较级，故填larger。
45．句意：奥斯陆是一个如此令人惊叹的地方，以至于每年都有很多人前来参观。此处泛指一个地点，“amazing”以元音音素开头，故填an。
46．句意：如果你有旅行计划，那么这个选择就很不错。a修饰可数名词单数，chice“选择”符合语境，故填chice。
47．句意：我不知道是不是所有挪威人都喜欢冬季运动，但我们很多人喜欢滑雪和单板滑雪（请看我拍的照片）。本句时态用一般现在时，主语是“everyne”，动词用三单，故填likes。
48．句意：那真是太有趣了！此处在句中作表语，修饰物，用interesting“有趣的”，故填interesting。
49．句意：我想知道那里的人们平时都做些什么来消遣娱乐呢。根据“I d fr fun there.”可知，想知道那里的人们平时都做些什么来消遣娱乐，what“什么”符合语境，故填what。
50．句意：期待很快能与你相见。lk frward t ding“期待做某事”，故填meeting。
（2025·贵州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入括号内单词的正确形式。
D yu knw abut Chinese painting? It is an imprtant part f traditinal Chinese culture. It 51 (have) a lng histry and fine traditins in the field f art in the wrld.
52 (draw) a Chinese painting, yu need a writing brush, ink (墨), rice paper, and ink stne. Especially, rice paper (xuan paper) is the best tl fr Chinese painting because it allws the writing brush, wet with Chinese ink and held in a well-trained hand t mve 53 (free) n it.
Three main subjects f Chinese pinting are human figures (人物), landscapes, and birds and 54 (flwer). Fr example, the painting f ladies, the painting f muntains, and the painting f insects and fish. Figure painting became highly 55 (develp) during the Tang dynasty. And landscape painting 56 (reach) its height during the Sng dynasty.
Tw main techniques (技巧) can be fund in Chinese painting. One 57 (be) gngbi ften referred t as “fine-line” painting. This style f painting pays clse attentin t detail. Very ften it 58 (use) t draw peple r animals. The ther is freehand style, referred t as “xieyf”. It pays mre attentin t expressing an 59 (artist) feelings. Artists ften use this technique in landscape paintings.
Chinese paintings d nt try t draw the ut-lking f a subject, but 60 (it) nature r character. Every area f the painting is interesting t the eye.
【答案】
51．has 52． T draw 53．freely 54．flwers 55．develped 56．reached 57．is 58．is used 59．artist’s 60．its
【导语】本文主要介绍了中国画的特点、工具、主题和技法。
51．句意：它在世界艺术领域有着悠久的历史和优良的传统。根据“It…a lng histry”可知，主语是第三人称单数，时态为一般现在时，动词用三单形式。故填has。
52．句意：要画中国画，你需要毛笔、墨、宣纸和砚台。根据“yu need a writing brush, ink (墨), rice paper, and ink stne.”可知，此处是目的状语，用不定式表示目的。故填T draw。
53．句意：特别是宣纸是中国画最好的工具，因为宣纸可以让毛笔沾上中国墨水，用训练有素的手在宣纸上自由地移动。修饰动词mve需用副词形式。故填freely。
54．句意：中国画的三大主题是人物、山水和花鸟。根据“birds and…”可知，与birds并列需用复数名词。故填flwers。
55．句意：人物画在唐代得到了高度发展。becme后接形容词，develp的形容词形式是 develped，意为“发达的”，故填develped。
56．句意：山水画在宋代达到了顶峰。根据“during the Sng dynasty”可知，时态为一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填reached。
57．句意：一种是工笔，通常被称为“细线”画。根据“One…gngbi”可知，主语是单数，时态为一般现在时。故填is。
58．句意：它经常被用来画人物或动物。根据“it…t draw”可知，此处是被动语态，时态为一般现在时，主语是三单。故填is used。
59．句意：它更注重表达艺术家的情感。根据“an…feelings”可知，需用名词所有格修饰feelings。故填artist’s。
60．句意：中国画不试图描绘主题的外表，而是其本质或特征。根据“…nature r character”可知，此处需用形容词性物主代词指代subject。故填its。
（2025·湖南长沙·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
I have always lved reading bks that were written hundreds r even thusands f years ag. These are the literature classics (文学经典), and they 61 (be) f lasting value. Fr example, The Iliad, written almst three thusand years ag, tells us abut the gd and bad qualities (品质) f human nature; that is t say, we can be heric and silly at 62 same time.
China has 63 (it) wn lng histry f classical literature that dates back t the “Fur Bks and Five Classics”. These bks 64 (write) befre the Qin Dynasty. N ne was cnsidered educated unless they had read these classics. Even tday, students are encuraged 65 (read) The Analects f Cnfucius (《论语》).
There are als 66 (new) classics than thse abve, such as Jurney t the West and A Dream f Red Mansins. Still, many peple dn’t want t read them 67 they are lng and have cmplex plts (复杂的情节). But they are great 68 (stry) which als shw the gdness and weakness f human nature.
Are yu interested 69 learning mre abut the classics? Just reading sme f them will give yu a better understanding f the basis (基础) f culture then. They will als help yu better understand yurself and thers. 70 (slw) but surely, yu will fall in lve with them.
【答案】
61．are 62．the 63．its 64．were written 65．t read 66．newer 67．because 68．stries 69．in 70．Slwly
【导语】本文讲述了作者之前喜欢读最新出版的书，后来喜欢上读有永久价值的“旧”书的故事。
61．句意：这些便是文学经典之作，它们具有永恒的价值。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是复数，故填are。
62．句意：例如，约三千年前创作的《伊利亚特》一书向我们展示了人性中的善与恶；也就是说，我们有时可以表现出英勇的一面，有时又会显得愚蠢。at the same time“同时”，固定短语，故填the。
63．句意：中国有着悠久的古典文学历史，其源头可追溯至“四书五经”。此处作定语修饰其后的名词短语，用形容词性物主代词形式，故填its。
64．句意：这些书籍是在秦朝之前写成的。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是过去时，主语是复数，所以用一般过去时的被动语态。故填were written。
65．句意：即使在今天，学生们仍被鼓励阅读《论语》这部著作。be encuraged t d sth“被鼓励去做某事”，故填t read。
66．句意：还有比上述作品更新的经典作品，比如《西游记》和《红楼梦》。根据“than”可知，此处应使用比较级，故填newer。
67．句意：不过，仍有许多人不愿去读这些书，因为它们篇幅很长，情节也十分复杂。“they are lng and have cmplex plts”是“many peple dn’t want t read them”的原因，用because引导原因状语从句。故填because。
68．句意：但这些都是精彩的故事，同时也展现了人性中的美好与缺陷。根据“they are”可知，此处应使用名词复数形式，故填stries。
69．句意：你是否对了解经典著作感兴趣呢？be interested in“对……感兴趣”，固定短语，故填in。
70．句意：慢慢地但毫无疑问，你会爱上它们的。此处与“surely”并列，使用副词形式，句首需大写首字母，故填Slwly。
（2025·湖南·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Lng, lng ag, there was a city called Jijiacheng, s named because it was said t have been built at daybreak. 71 city was n the rich Liyang Plain (平原). Many waterways 72 (prvide) water fr crp fields and the peple living inside and utside f the city.
The rulers f Jijiacheng asked the peple 73 (cut) dwn trees in the muntains. The wd was shipped by 74 (wrker) t the city fr tall buildings. Standing in them, the city’s rulers will be able t see 75 (they) peple and crps between the waterways. In autumn, plenty f rice was brught t the city.
This is nt sme bedtime stry. It 76 (real) tk place arund 4,500 years ag.
Thusands f years later, the nce busy 77 rich Jijiacheng, which is nw in a twn f Hunan, came t the ntice f the mdern wrld. With the help f archaelgists (考半车) and histrians, artists painted recreatins f life in Jijiacheng in a 78 (traditin) scrll (卷釉).
The scrll was part f a huge prject. A grup f artists spent tw years 79 it. It includes eight paintings, which are 140 meters lng in ttal. It 80 (shw) early human activities n the Liyang Plain and the prehistric culture in Hunan.
【答案】
71．The 72．prvided 73．t cut 74．wrkers 75．their 76．really 77．and 78．traditinal 79．n 80．shws
【导语】本文主要讲述了古代城市极交城的历史及其在现代的考古发现，并通过艺术家的画卷重现了当时的生活场景。
71．句意：这座城市位于富饶的澧阳平原上。根据“city was n the rich Liyang Plain (平原)”可知，此处特指前文提到的Jijiacheng，需用定冠词The。故填The。
72．句意：许多水道为农田和城市内外的人们提供水源。根据“Many waterways”和“water fr crp fields”可知，此处描述过去的事实，动词用一般过去时prvided。故填prvided。
73．句意：极交城的统治者要求人们砍伐山上的树木。根据“asked the peple”可知，ask sb t d sth为固定搭配，表示“要求某人做某事”。故填t cut。
74．句意：木材由工人们通过水路运到城市用于建造高楼。根据“shipped by…t the city”可知，此处指复数概念的工人，用wrkers。故填wrkers。
75．句意：站在高楼上，统治者可以看到水道间他们的子民和庄稼。根据“see…peple and crps”可知，此处需用形容词性物主代词their修饰名词。故填their。
76．句意：它确实发生在约4500年前。根据“tk place”可知，需用副词really修饰动词。故填really。
77．句意：几千年后，曾经繁忙而富裕的极交城引起了现代世界的注意。根据“busy…rich Jijiacheng”可知，需用并列连词and连接两个形容词。故填and。
78．句意：艺术家们在一幅传统卷轴上重现了极交城的生活场景。根据“scrll”可知，需用形容词traditinal修饰名词。故填traditinal。
79．句意：一组艺术家花了两年时间完成它。根据“spent tw years”可知，spend time n sth为固定搭配，表示“花时间做某事”。故填n。
80．句意：它展示了澧阳平原上的早期人类活动和湖南的史前文化。根据“includes eight paintings”可知，主语It为单数，动词用第三人称单数shws。故填shws。
（2025·黑龙江绥化·中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空
Yu may nt realize it, but yu are ding mre than just 81 (study) when yu are at schl. Schl is als the place where yu learn t get alng well with peple. Hwever, this is nt always easy. What can yu d if yu just dn’t like ne f yur classmates?
If yu discver that yu have 82 (prblem) getting alng with yur classmates r friends, ne f the 83 (imprtant) things t learn is tlerance (宽容). Tlerance is the 84 (able) t realize and respect the differences in thers. We can’t change the ways that ther peple d, s it is imprtant t learn t live happily with them.
If everyne 85 (learn) tlerance, they will get n better with each ther. Knwing thers cnstantly (不断地) als lets us understand 86 (ther) differences.
Smething different des nt 87 (exact) mean that it is bad. Tlerance teaches us hw 88 (keep) an even temper (温和的脾气) and an pen mind.
As an ld 89 (say) ges, “Treat thers hw yu want t be treated.” The wrld is very different, and practising tlerance in 90 (yu) wn schl and city can help make things better.
【答案】
81．studying 82．prblems 83．mst imprtant 84．ability 85．learns 86．thers’ 87．exactly 88．t keep 89．saying 90．yur
【导语】本文主要讲述了在学校中学会与人相处的重要性，强调了宽容是理解和尊重他人差异的关键，通过宽容可以更好地与他人相处。
81．句意：你可能没有意识到这一点，但你在学校的时候不仅仅是在学习。介词than后加动名词形式studying“学习”，故填studying。
82．句意：如果你发现你和同学或朋友相处有问题，最重要的事情之一就是学会宽容。prblem“问题”，表示泛指，用用复数形式，故填prblems。
83．句意：如果你发现你和同学或朋友相处有问题，最重要的事情之一就是学会宽容。imprtant“重要的”，形容词，此处是“ne f the+最高级+名词复数”结构，空处用最高级形式，故填mst imprtant。
84．句意：宽容是认识和尊重他人差异的能力。此处应用名词ability“能力”，在句中作表语，故填ability。
85．句意：如果每个人都学会宽容，他们就会相处得更好。learn“学习”，句子是一般现在时，主语是everyne，动词用三单形式，故填learns。
86．句意：不断地了解别人也能让我们理解别人的不同。此处指“别人的不同”，应用thers’表示“别人的”，修饰名词differences，故填thers’。
87．句意：不同的东西并不一定意味着它是坏的。exact“确切的”，形容词，此处修饰动词mean，应用副词形式，故填exactly。
88．句意：宽容教会我们如何保持温和的脾气和开放的心态。keep“保持”，此处是“疑问词+不定式”的结构，故填t keep。
89．句意：俗话说：己所不欲，勿施于人。an修饰单数名词saying“谚语”，故填saying。
90．句意：世界是非常不同的，在你自己的学校和城市里练习宽容可以帮助事情变得更好。此处修饰空后的名词，应用形容词性物主代词yur，故填yur。
（2025·贵州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入括号内单词的正确形式。
Maps have been an imprtant tl fr humans fr thusands f years. They were first created t meet peple’s basic needs. In the past, peple 91 (need) maps t find directins. As sciety develped, peple als used maps fr traveling, explratin and trade.
In ancient times, maps were 92 (draw) by hand. They were usually very simple. Peple used symbls and pictures t shw imprtant places and rutes.
As time passed, maps became mre detailed (详细的). Sme map makers started t use new methds 93 (create) maps. They included mre infrmatin abut the wrld in maps, such as the lcatins f 94 (city) and rivers. This made maps mre 95 (use) fr planning trips and lking fr new places.
During the Age f Explratin, map-making skills imprved 96 (great). Many explrers went t new places and brught back 97 (they) findings. This helped map makers create mre accurate (精确的) maps f the wrld.
Tday, we have electrnic maps n cmputers and smartphnes. They can suggest the 98 (gd) rutes, prvide real-time traffic cnditins and recmmend nearby attractins, which makes it pssible t save time. Therefre, ur 99 (day) lives becme mre cnvenient.
Maps have changed ver time, but their purpse 100 (remain) the same: t help peple understand and find their ways arund the wrld.
【答案】
91．needed 92．drawn 93．t create 94．cities 95．useful 96．greatly 97．their 98．best 99．daily 100．remains
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，主要讲述了地图从古至今的发展历程及其对人类生活的重要性。
91．句意：在过去，人们需要地图来寻找方向。 根据时间状语In the past可知，时态是一般过去时，谓语动词需用过去式。故填needed。
92．句意：在古代，地图是手工绘制的。主语maps与动词draw之间是被动关系，地图被手工绘制，且描述过去事实，用一般过去时的被动语态，draw用其过去分词。故填drawn。
93．句意：一些制图师开始使用新方法来创建地图。 use methds t d“使用工具来……”，此处用不定式作目的状语。故填t create。
94．句意：他们在地图中加入了更多关于世界的信息，比如城市和河流的位置。city与rivers并列，需用复数形式。故填cities。
95．句意：这使得地图对规划旅行和寻找新地方更有用。make sth adj.“使某物……”，形容词作宾语补足语，use的形容词形式是useful。故填useful。
96．句意：在大航海时代，制图技术极大地提高了。 修饰动词imprved需用副词形式。故填greatly。
97．句意：许多探险家前往新地方并带回他们的发现。用形容词性物主代词their“他们的”修饰名词findings。故填their。
98．句意：它们可以建议最佳路线，提供实时交通状况，并推荐附近的景点，从而节省时间。与the连用且隐含比较意义，用gd的最高级best。故填best。
99．句意：因此，我们的日常生活变得更加便利。修饰名词lives需用形容词daily。故填daily。
100． 句意：地图随时间变化，但其目的保持不变。 主语purpse是单数，且描述客观事实，用一般现在时，故谓语动词用其三单形式。故填remains。
（2025·四川眉山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Embridery (刺绣) was ften regarded as “wmen’s wrk” in the past. And it was nt cmmn fr a by 101 (learn) it. Therefre, Fu Jian’s parents didn’t want 102 (he) t wrk in this industry at first. But Fu didn’t care. He believed he culd d it well.
Fu was brn int an embridery family in Yangzhu. His mther is 103 master craftswman (女工匠) f Suzhu embridery. Fu fell in lve with this beautiful art when he was fur years ld. In his last year f high schl, Fu set his life gal 104 (clear). “Althugh many peple knw abut this traditinal art, I want t help them learn 105 (much) abut it,” he said.
After graduating frm cllege, Fu and his mther built a research center f Suzhu embridery. Since then, he 106 (invent) many new stitches (针法). He has als trained many 107 (wrker).
Fu spends a lt f time 108 his wrks. Even s, he enjys it. “I ften wrk late int midnight, 109 I never feel tired. I think that’s because I’m ding what I lve,” said the 37-year-ld.
Mst recently, the artist “created” a piece f brnze ware (青铜器皿) n clth. What gave him the idea t create this wrk? “Many brnzes can nly 110 (see) in museums. A wrk f embridery, hwever, can be hung in ne’s hme r ffice. Peple can see it at any time,” said Fu.
【答案】
101．t learn 102．him 103．a 104．clearly 105．mre 106．has invented 107．wrkers 108．n 109．but 110．be seen
【导语】本文讲述了付健对刺绣的热爱和自身的努力，他发明了许多新针法，培训了许多刺绣工人。
101．句意：男孩学习刺绣并不常见。it is adj. t d sth“做某事……”，动词不定式作真正的主语，故填t learn。
102．句意：因此傅坚的父母起初不想让他从事这个行业。动词后用人称宾格，故填him。
103．句意：母亲是苏州刺绣的女工匠大师。根据“master craftswman”可知，不定冠词表示泛指，master是辅音音素，a符合句意，故填a。
104．句意：高中最后一年，傅明确了自己的人生目标。根据“set his life gal”可知，副词修饰动词，clearly符合句意，故填clearly。
105．句意：虽然很多人知道这门传统艺术，但我想帮助他们更深入了解它。根据“help them learn”可知，了解更多，需要比较级，mre符合句意，故填mre。
106．句意：此后他发明了许多新针法，还培养了许多工人。根据“Since then”可知，时态是现在完成时，主语是单数，has invented符合句意，故填has invented。
107．句意：他还培养了许多工人。根据“many”可知，后接名词复数，wrkers符合句意，故填wrkers。
108．句意：傅在作品上花费大量时间。spend time n sth.“在……花了时间”，固定搭配。故填n。
109．句意：我经常工作到深夜，但从不觉疲惫。前后两句是转折关系，but符合句意，故填but。
110．句意：许多青铜器只能在博物馆看到。根据“Many brnzes can nly”可知，主语与see是被动关系，情态动词后接动词原形，be seen符合句意，故填be seen。
（2025·四川德阳·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Night schls are nthing new tday. Li Mei is 111 engineer in the day. But in the evening, she becmes a student at a night schl in Chengdu. She is trying new 112 (hbby) with her 5-year-ld sn, such as cking and singing. She used t spend evenings 113 (watch) her sn play in the park. Nw she can try new things with him at a night schl.
A grwing number f Chinese peple g t night schls. They can learn 114 (clr) things, frm art 115 sprts, fr free. Yung peple 116 want t lk fr new skills and friends g t night schls.
In the 1980s, many peple 117 (g) t night schls fr further educatin. Hwever, night schls were gne because mre peple gt higher educatin. Sme new night schls came t Shanghai last autumn. Then mre night schls 118 (quick) appeared in ther cities. Fr example, Miss Wang frm Deyang thinks that night schls are gd places fr her 119 (make) friends. “I used t spend much f my time alne. I have felt mre cnnected with mdern sciety since I became a student f the night schl,” she said.
Yung peple wish t make themselves better s that 120 (they) daily lives can be meaningful. That has made night schls develp rapidly.
【答案】
111．an 112．hbbies 113．watching 114．clrful 115．t 116．wh/that 117．went 118．quickly 119．t make 120．their
【导语】本文主要讲述了夜校在中国的发展情况，以及人们通过夜校学习新技能、结交朋友的现象。
111．句意：李梅在白天时是一名工程师。根据“Li Mei in the day.”可知，此处指一名工程师，engineer以元音音素开头，空处应是不定冠词an。故填an。
112．句意：她正和5岁的儿子尝试新的爱好，比如烹饪和唱歌。根据“such as cking and singing”可知，不止一项爱好，空处应是hbby的复数形式hbbies，故填hbbies。
113．句意：她过去常常在晚上看着儿子在公园里玩耍。spend time ding“花费时间做某事”，是固定搭配，空处应是watching。故填watching。
114．句意：他们可以免费学习丰富多彩的东西，从艺术到体育。空后是名词things，空处应是clr的形容词形式clrful，作定语。故填clrful。
115．句意：他们可以免费学习丰富多彩的东西，从艺术到体育。“从……到……”，是固定搭配。故填t。
116．句意：想要寻找新技能和新朋友的年轻人去上夜校。分析句子“Yung t lk fr new skills and friends g t night schls.”可知，“ t lk fr new skills and friends”是定语从句，先行词“Yung peple”指人，且从句中缺少主语，因此从句的引导词是wh/that。故填wh/that。
117．句意：在20世纪80年代，许多人去夜校进修。根据“In the 1980s”可知，句子用一般过去时，谓语动词用过去式，故填went。
118．句意：随后，更多夜校在其他城市迅速涌现。根据“Then mre night schls...(quick) appeared in ther cities.”可知，空处修饰动词appeared，应用quick的副词形式quickly。故填quickly。
119．句意：例如，来自德阳的王女士认为夜校是她结交朋友的好地方。根据“night schls are gd places fr her...(make) friends”可知，此处指夜校是她结交朋友的好地方，gd places t d sth.“做某事的好地方”，是固定搭配，空处应是不定式，故填t make。
120．句意：年轻人希望让自己变得更好，这样他们的日常生活才能有意义。空后是名词“daily lives”，空处应是they的形容词性物主代词their。故填their。
（2025·江苏苏州·中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
On Pingjiang Rad in Suzhu, 65-year-ld Ms Wu runs a traditinal tea huse fr 30years. She never expected 121 (neself) t becme a tea master wh helped build a cultural bridge.
It started in 2015 when a German turist named Klaus walked int her shp. With the help f a phne app, Ms Wu 122 (patient) shwed him the way t prperly brew (沏) Biluchun, Suzhu’s famus green tea. Klaus returned every day that week and 123 (bring) mre friends each time.
Seeing hw 124 (interest) they were in Chinese tea, Ms Wu started a weekly activity called “Tea Culture Saturdays”. She shwed freigners 125 t brew tea with traditinal methds—frm chsing the water temperature t 126 (fllw) tea-making rules. Her daughter Lily, a cllege student, helped translate.
Sn, her tea huse was always crwded with 127 (visit), including students and business peple frm many places. “I used t think freigners wuldn’t understand ur tea culture, 128 they lve it deeply. Sme f them even treat their friends with Chinese tea at hme,” Ms Wu said.
One f her favurite 129 (mment) was when Sarah, a Canadian, gave her a ntebk filled with tea ntes written in bth English and Chinese. “This is why I keep teaching,” Ms Wu said, shwing 130 treasured ntebk.
Nw, her tea huse appears in travel guides as “Suzhu’s cultural living rm”. Fr turists, every cup f tea served is a windw n the tea culture f this ancient city.
【答案】
121．herself 122．patiently 123．brught 124．interested 125．hw 126．fllwing 127．visitrs 128．but 129．mments 130．the
【导语】本文讲述了苏州65岁的吴女士通过经营传统茶馆，意外成为促进中外茶文化交流的桥梁的故事。
121．句意：她从没预料到自己会成为一名帮助架起文化桥梁的茶艺师。主语为She，此处应用其反身代词herself指代她自己。故填herself。
122．句意：在一个手机应用程序的帮助下，吴女士耐心地向他展示如何正确冲泡苏州著名绿茶碧螺春。shwed为动词，此处应用patient的副词patiently修饰动词。故填patiently。
123．句意：克劳斯在那一周的每一天都来，而且每次都会带来更多的朋友。根据“returned”可知句子应用一般过去时，谓语动词bring应用其过去式brught。故填brught。
124．句意：看到他们对中国茶如此感兴趣，吴女士发起了一个每周一次的名叫“茶文化星期六”的活动。根据“hw…they were in Chinese tea”可知，该句为hw引导的感叹句，be interested in“对……感兴趣”，hw后接形容词。故填interested。
125．句意：她向外国游客展示如何用传统的方法泡茶——从水温选择到遵循茶道规则。根据“shwed freigners…t brew tea with traditinal methds”可知，她展示泡茶的方式，用hw+动词不定式作宾语补足语。故填hw。
126．句意：她向外国游客展示如何用传统的方法泡茶——从水温选择到遵循茶道规则。根据“frm chsing the water temperature”可知介词t后接fllw的动名词fllwing作宾语。故填fllwing。
127．句意：很快，她的茶馆挤满了来自许多地方的学生和商务人士。根据“including students and business peple frm many places”可知，此处应用visit的名词visitr作宾语，且应用其复数形式表泛指。故填visitrs。
128．句意：我曾以为外国人不懂我们的茶文化，但他们其实对此爱得深沉。前后两句存在转折关系，用but连接。故填but。
129．句意：她最珍视的时刻之一，就是加拿大游客萨拉送给她的一本写满中英文的茶道笔记。根据“One f her favurite”可知此处应用mment的复数形式。故填mments。
130．句意：吴女士展示着这本珍贵的笔记本说道：“这就是我坚持教学的原因。”根据上文“gave her a ntebk filled with tea ntes written in bth English and Chinese”可知，此处应用定冠词the特指这本笔记本。故填the。
（2025·山东烟台·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Jiang Zhapeng, an 18-year-ld medical student frm Shandng City Service Technician Cllege in Yantai, faced a life-r-death test n Saturday — nt in an exam hall, 131 in the backseat f a taxi.
May 10th, 2025 is the first day f this year’s spring cllege entrance exam. At abut 8:10 a.m., Jiang 132 (head) t the testing place with his classmate in a taxi when suddenly Jiang’s classmate fell dwn, shwing signs f a heart attack.
“I thught he was just tired at first,” Jiang said. “But then I realized he was in a 133 (danger) cnditin, because he seemed t stp breathing.”
Depending n first aid 134 (skill) learned in schl, Jiang tk actin at nce. He 135 (lay) his classmate flat in the backseat f the taxi and began perfrming CPR (心肺复苏). At the same time, Jiang asked the driver Wang Ta t drive 136 (quick) t the hspital.
Only after making sure his classmate was under prfessinal care did Jiang rush t take the exam, but it was t late 137 (take) the 9 a.m. Chinese language test. Althugh this was 138 imprtant chance t cntinue higher educatin, he said he had n regrets abut his 139 (decide). “Exams can be retaken, but a life cannt,” he said.
Jiang’s stry drew widespread praise frm all ver the cuntry. Fur days later, a make-up exam 140 (rganize) fr Jiang. Jiang and Wang have received fficial praise and have als been recmmended as candidates (候选人) fr the “China Gd Persn List” fr the secnd quarter f 2025.
【答案】
131．but 132．was heading 133．dangerus 134．skills 135．laid 136．quickly 137．t take 138．an 139．decisin 140．was rganized
【导语】本文讲述了一个叫蒋兆鹏（音译）的学生在去考试的路上救助同学的故事。
131．句意：上周六，来自烟台山东城市服务技术学院的18岁医学生蒋兆鹏面临着一场生死攸关的考试——不是在考场，而是在出租车的后座上。本题考查“不是……而是”。故填but。
132．句意：上午8点10分左右，蒋和他的同学乘出租车前往考场，突然他的同学摔倒了，有心脏病发作的迹象。根据“At abut 8:10 a.m.”可知，此处描述的是过去某一时刻正在做的事情，要用过去进行时：was/were ding，主语是Jiang，be动词要用was。故填was heading。
133．句意：但后来我意识到他的情况很危险，因为他似乎停止了呼吸。根据“But then I realized he was in ”可知，此处要用danger“危险”的形容词dangerus“危险的”作定语修饰cnditin。故填dangerus。
134．句意：凭借在学校学到的急救技能，蒋立即采取了行动。根据“Depending n first in schl”可知，此处泛指急救技能，要用可数名词skill“技能”的复数形式。故填skills。
135．句意：他把他的同学平放在出租车后座上，开始给他做心肺复苏。根据“Jiang tk actin at nce.”可知，本句时态为一般过去时，动词lay“放平”要用过去式。故填laid。
136．句意：与此同时，蒋让司机王涛（音译）赶紧把车开到医院。根据“At the same time, Jiang asked the driver Wang Ta t the hspital.”可知，此处要用quick“快的”的副词形式quickly“快速地”修饰动词drive。故填quickly。
137．句意：在确认他的同学得到专业护理后，蒋才赶去参加考试，但已经来不及参加上午9点的语文考试了。本题考查“太……而不能”。故填t take。
138．句意：虽然这是一个继续接受高等教育的重要机会，但他说他对自己的决定并不后悔。此处泛指一个机会，imprtant以元音音素开头，要用不定冠词an。故填an。
139．句意：虽然这是一个继续接受高等教育的重要机会，但他说他对自己的决定并不后悔。根据“he said he had n regrets abut his...”可知，此处要用decide“决定”的名词形式decisin作宾语。故填decisin。
140．句意：四天后，学校为蒋组织了一次补考。本句时态为一般过去时，主语a make-up exam是动作的承受者，要用一般过去时的被动语态。故填was rganized。
（2025·四川遂宁·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或用括号内所给单词的正确形式填空。
The Yellw River runs frm the muntains 141 the sea. It gave birth t ne f 142 ldest and mst famus cultures in the wrld—the Yellw River culture. In the hearts f 143 (China) peple, the Yellw River is the mther river. It is expected t play a mre imprtant rle in ur cuntry’s 144 (develp).
The river gt its name Huanghe in Chinese 145 its water is yellw, as it tk lts f yellw sand t the water when it ran thrugh the Less Plateau (黄土高原).
The river starts frm Qinghai Prvince in the nrthwestern China. It runs thrugh a lt f places befre 146 (run) int the Bhai sea. The 5,464-kilmetre-lng river 147 (feed) abut 12% f China’s ppulatin and prvides water fr abut 15% f fields and mre than 60 148 (city).
S far, ur cuntry 149 (make) great effrts in the envirnmental prtectin f river. Each year ver 400 millin tns f sand is prevented frm being washed int it. Our mther river has becme much 150 (clear) than befre.
【答案】
141．t 142．the 143．Chinese 144．develpment 145．because 146．running 147．feeds 148．cities 149．has made 150．clearer
【导语】本文主要讲述了黄河从高山流向大海，孕育了世界上最古老、最著名的文化之一——黄河文化。
141．句意：黄河从山上流到海里。根据“The Yellw River runs frm the sea.”可知，此处是短语，意为“从……到……”。故填t。
142．句意：它孕育了世界上最古老、最著名的文化之一——黄河文化。此处是“ne f+the+最高级+名词复数”结构，故填the。
143．句意：在中国人的心中，黄河是母亲河。此处作定语修饰peple，故填Chinese。
144．句意：它有望在我国的发展中发挥更重要的作用。此处在动词短语后作宾语，用名词develpment“发展”，故填develpment。
145．句意：这条河在中国被称为黄河，因为它的水是黄色的，因为它在流经黄土高原时带了很多黄沙。“its water is yellw”是“The river gt its name Huanghe in Chinese”的原因，用because引导原因状语从句，故填because。
146．句意：它流经很多地方，然后流入渤海。befre是介词，其后用动名词作宾语，故填running。
147．句意：这条长5464公里的河流养活了中国约12%的人口，为约15%的农田和60多个城市提供水源。此处与“prvides”并列，动词用三单形式，故填feeds。
148．句意：这条长5464公里的河流养活了中国约12%的人口，为约15%的农田和60多个城市提供水源。“mre than 60”修饰可数名词复数，故填cities。
149．句意：到目前为止，我国在河流的环境保护方面做出了很大的努力。根据“S far”可知，此处应使用现在完成时，主语是“ur cuntry”，助动词用has。故填has made。
150．句意：我们的母亲河变得比以前清澈多了。根据“than befre”可知，此处应使用形容词比较级作表语，故填clearer。
（2025·四川南充·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的横线上。
The astrnauts f Shenzhu-20—Chen Dng, Chen Zhngrui and Wang Jie — wrked fr abut eight hurs and 151 (cmplete) the first space walk n May 22nd. What is the life like in space?
After a lng day at wrk, astrnauts will have dinners. In space, sme fds can 152 (eat) in their natural frms, such as chclate cakes and fruits. Other fds require an ven t heat.
After dinner, astrnauts have a rest, brush teeth 153 g t bed, just like n the earth. When ging t sleep, they have t tie 154 (they), s they dn’t flat (漂浮) arund r hit their bdies 155 smething. They usually use sleeping bags that are put in a small cabin. Generally, astrnauts have 156 eight-hur sleep each day after they finish their task.
Exercise is als an imprtant part f every astrnaut’s daily life. 157 (keep) healthy, n average, they exercise tw hurs every day. Lifting 200 158 (pund) may be a lt f wrk n the earth. But lifting that same bject in space wuld be much 159 (easy). That means sprts equipment needs t be 160 (special) designed. Therefre, astrnauts can receive the exercise needed.
【答案】
151．cmpleted 152．be eaten 153．and 154．themselves 155．against/n 156．an 157．T keep 158．punds 159．easier 160．specially
【导语】本文主要介绍了太空生活是什么样子的。
151．句意：神舟20号的宇航员——陈冬、陈忠锐和王洁——工作了大约八个小时，并于5月22日完成了首次太空行走。根据“wrked”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式cmpleted“完成”。故填cmpleted。
152．句意：在太空中，有些食物可以以自然形态食用，比如巧克力蛋糕和水果。主语sme fds和动词eat之间是被动关系，故此处用含有情态动词的被动语态can be dne。故填be eaten。
153．句意：晚餐后，宇航员们会休息一下，刷牙，然后睡觉，就像在地球上一样。前后几个动作是并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
154．句意：睡觉时，他们需要把自己绑起来，以免漂浮起来或者撞到东西。主语和宾语是同一个人，用反身代词themselves“他们自己”。故填themselves。
155．句意：睡觉时，他们需要把自己绑起来，以免漂浮起来或者撞到东西。根据“hit their ”可知是身体撞到某物，用介词against/n。故填against/n。
156．句意：一般来说，宇航员们在完成任务后每天会睡八个小时。此处表示泛指，eight以元音音素开头，用不定冠词an。故填an。
157．句意：为了保持健康，他们平均每天锻炼两个小时。“保持健康”是目的，用动词不定式作目的状语。故填T keep。
158．句意：在地球上，举起200磅可能是一项很费力的工作。200后加可数名词复数punds“磅”。故填punds。
159．句意：但在太空中，举起同样的物体要容易得多。much修饰比较级easier。故填easier。
160．句意：这意味着运动器材需要特别设计。此处修饰动词用副词specially“特别地”。故填specially。
（2025·四川达州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文在文章空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Last summer, a grup f middle schl students went n a schl trip t a small village. They were excited 161 (see) a different part f the cuntry. The village was far 162 the city, and there were full f beautiful views alng the way. When they arrived, they fund the village was very 163 (peace).
The students were 164 (divide) int small grups t stay with lcal families. At first, sme students felt a bit nervus, 165 they started t enjy the life there sn. One day, they met an ld man wh was having truble in 166 (carry) a heavy lad. Withut thinking twice, the students rushed t help him. They carried the lad t 167 (he) hme and even helped him clean the huse. The ld man was very grateful and tld them many interesting stries abut the village.
During the trip, the students learned hw t plant crps and lk after animals 168 (careful). They als helped the lcal farmers with their wrk. It was 169 meaningful and challenging experience fr them. They realized that even a small act f 170 (kind) culd bring great jy t thers.
【答案】
161．t see 162．frm 163．peaceful 164．divided 165．but 166．carrying 167．his 168．carefully 169．a 170．kindness
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了一群中学生去乡村旅行的经历。他们在旅途中欣赏美景，与当地家庭同住，帮助老人，学习农活，并从中体会到善意的力量。
161．句意：他们很兴奋能看到国家的不同地区。根据“were excited”可知，此处用不定式作原因状语，表示“因为看到……而兴奋”。故填t see。
162．句意：村庄离城市很远，一路上到处都是美丽的景色。根据“The village was far…the city”可知，此处表示“远离”，用固定搭配far frm。故填frm。
163．句意：他们发现村庄非常宁静。根据“was very…(peace)”可知，此处需形容词作表语，peace的形容词形式是peaceful。故填peaceful。
164．句意：学生们被分成小组与当地家庭同住。根据“were…(divide) int”可知，此处是被动语态结构，表示“被分成”，动词用过去分词divided。故填divided。
165．句意：起初有些学生感到紧张，但他们很快开始享受那里的生活。根据“At first…they started t enjy”和后文“started t enjy”可知，前后句之间是转折关系，用连词but。故填but。
166．句意：一天，他们遇到一位老人在搬运重物时遇到困难。介词in后接动名词carrying作宾语。故填carrying。
167．句意：他们把重物搬到了他的家，甚至帮他打扫房子。空处修饰名词hme，所以用形容词性物主代词his。故填his。
168．句意：学生们学会了如何细心种植庄稼和照顾动物。此处修饰动词需用careful的副词carefully。故填carefully。
169．句意：这对他们来说是一次有意义且充满挑战的经历。根据“It was…meaningful experience”可知，此处泛指“一次经历”，且meaningful以辅音音素开头，用不定冠词a。故填a。
170．句意：他们意识到即使是一个小小的善举也能给他人带来巨大快乐。根据“a small act f…(kind)”可知，介词f后接名词kindness作宾语。故填kindness。
（2025·四川泸州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Wan Haib, a 43-year-ld deliveryman (快递员) in Tianjin, was hnred as a Natinal Mdel Wrker (全国劳动模范) in 2025. After receiving 171 hnr, Wan said, “I feel very excited and prud.”
Brn in the cuntryside in Handan, Hebei, Wan went t Tianjin in 2018 and 172 (becme) a deliveryman. “There’s n easy way t success. Every package (包裹) means respnsibility and trust, s it’s necessary t send it in time,” he said. “I thught abut stpping, 173 finally gt thrugh all the difficulties.”
Wan is respnsible 174 a large cmmunity. He sends abut 500 packages a day, but it can increase t even 1,000 daily during nline shpping festivals. He 175 (usual) starts wrk arund 6 am and finishes wrk arund 8 pm—that can last t midnight during busy 176 (seasn).
In the past seven years, he 177 (send) ver 720,000 packages withut any mistake. When facing terrible weather and pssible delays (延迟), he will call custmers right away t explain.
Wan is a warm-hearted persn 178 shws special care fr lder r disabled peple. He always helps them buy medicine and take away 179 (they) rubbish during deliveries. Since April 2022, he has vlunteered t check and reprt safety risks in his cmmunity.
“I’m satisfied that we deliverymen get mre scial respect nw,” Wan said. “I’ll keep wrking hard and encurage mre peple arund me 180 (help) thers.”
【答案】
171．the 172．became 173．but 174．fr 175．usually 176．seasns 177．has sent 178．wh/that 179．their 180．t help
【导语】本文讲述了天津快递员万海波的故事，他在2025年被授予全国劳动模范称号。
171．句意：在获得这一荣誉后，万说：“我感到非常激动和自豪。”此处特指前文提到的“全国劳动模仿”这个荣誉，用定冠词the。故填the。
172．句意：万海波出生在河北省邯郸市的农村，2018年来到天津，成为了一名快递员。根据“went”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式became“成为”。故填became。
173．句意：我曾想过放弃，但最终克服了所有困难。前后是转折关系，用but连接。故填but。
174．句意：万海波负责一个大型社区的快递工作。be respnsible fr“负责”。故填fr。
175．句意：他通常早上6点左右开始工作，晚上8点左右结束工作——在繁忙的季节，工作时间可能会延长到午夜。此处修饰动词用副词usually“通常”。故填usually。
176．句意：他通常早上6点左右开始工作，晚上8点左右结束工作——在繁忙的季节，工作时间可能会延长到午夜。不止一个季节，用名词复数seasns“季节”。故填seasns。
177．句意：在过去七年里，他已经派送了超过72万个包裹，且没有出现任何错误。根据“In the past seven years”可知句子用现在完成时，主语是he，助动词用has，send的过去分词是sent。故填has sent。
178．句意：万海波是一个热心肠的人，他特别关心老年人或残疾人。句子是定语从句，先行词是人，关系词在从句中作主语，用wh/that引导定语从句。故填wh/that。
179．句意：在派送过程中，他总是帮助他们买药并清理他们的垃圾。修饰空后的名词用形容词性物主代词their“他们的”。故填their。
180．句意：我会继续努力工作，并鼓励周围更多的人去帮助他人。help“帮助”，encurage sb. t d sth.“帮助某人做某事”。故填t help。
（2025·河北·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或填入括号内单词的正确形式。
There is a special jug (罐) n ur kitchen table. I put sme small pieces f paper and a pen next 181 the jug. Anyne in my family is free t write dwn smething gd that has happened 182 (recent). With pieces f paper in it, the jug 183 (call)”Gd Things Jug”.
Many gd things happen in a year. At 184 end f the year, we get tgether t empty the jug. We take 185 (turn) t read the “Gd Things” alud. Sme f the things are 186 (interest), sme are serius, and sme just give hpe.
Over the past twelve 187 (mnth), there have been many difficult things in ur family. Nticing the “Gd Things” has helped us g thrugh the hard time. Here 188 (be) a few things frm the “Gd Things Jug”:
“Jim 189 I went camping with ur parents. There we 190 (teach) my pet cat hw t clap (拍) with his feet.”
“With my parents’ care, I was well again after a serius illness. I’m s 191 (thank) t my parents fr their lve. It’s the best thing n earth!”
“Dad gt a better jb tday!”
Our “Gd Things Jug” is full 192 lve, hpe and happiness. The little messages remind 193 (we) that we can always expect gd things t cme, even during difficult times. Therefre, I encurage yu 194 (create) yur “Gd Things Jug” tday. I am sure it 195 (make) a big difference in yur future life.
【答案】
181．t 182．recently 183．is called 184．the 185．turns 186．interesting 187．mnths 188．are 189．and 190．taught 191．thankful 192．f 193．us 194．t create 195．will make
【导语】本文主要讲述了一个家庭通过“好事罐”记录生活中的美好瞬间，帮助他们在困难时期保持积极心态的故事。
181．句意：我在罐子旁边放了一些小纸片和一支笔。根据“next”可知，此处需要介词表示“在……旁边”，固定搭配“next t”。故填t。
182．句意：家里的任何人都可以写下最近发生的好事。根据“has happened”可知，此处需要副词修饰动词，recent的副词形式是recently。故填recently。
183．句意：里面有纸片，这个罐子被称为“好事罐”。根据“the jug”和“Gd Things Jug”可知，此处是被动语态，表示“被称作”，用一般现在时的被动语态“is called”。故填is called。
184．句意：在年底，我们聚在一起清空罐子。根据“end f the year”可知，固定搭配“at the end f”表示“在……结束时”。故填the。
185．句意：我们轮流大声朗读“好事”。“take turns”是固定搭配，表示“轮流”。故填turns。
186．句意：有些事很有趣，有些很严肃，有些则给人希望。根据“are”和“interesting”可知，此处需要形容词作表语，interest的形容词形式是interesting，修饰物。故填interesting。
187．句意：在过去的十二个月里，我们家经历了许多困难。根据“twelve”可知，mnth需要用复数形式mnths。故填mnths。
188．句意：以下是“好事罐”中的几件事。根据“a few things”可知，谓语动词用复数形式are。故填are。
189．句意：吉姆和我与父母一起去露营。“Jim”和“I”是并列关系，用连词and连接。故填and。
190．句意：在那里，我们教我的宠物猫用脚拍手。根据“went camping”可知，时态是一般过去时，teach的过去式是taught。故填taught。
191．句意：我非常感谢父母的爱。根据“I’m”可知，此处需要形容词作表语，thank的形容词形式是thankful。故填thankful。
192．句意：我们的“好事罐”充满了爱、希望和幸福。“be full f”是固定搭配，表示“充满”。故填f。
193．句意：这些小纸条提醒我们，即使在困难时期，我们也可以期待好事发生。“remind”是动词，后接宾语用代词宾格us。故填us。
194．句意：因此，我鼓励你今天创建你的“好事罐”。“encurage sb. t d”是固定搭配，表示“鼓励某人做某事”。故填t create。
195．句意：我相信它会对你的未来生活产生重大影响。根据“future life”可知，此处用一般将来时“will make”。故填will make。
（2025·新疆·中考真题）
阅读短文，在空白处填入适当的词或用括号中所给词的正确形式填空。每空不超过两词。
During the Warring States Perid (战国时期), many states made changes t becme strnger. One f the mst 196 (success) changes was created by Shang Yang in Qin
Shang Yang wrked ut a set f 197 (plan). At first, these plans were nt easily 198 (accept) because peple didn’t believe in him.
T slve this prblem, Shang Yang came 199 with an idea. He rdered his men t put a thin wden ple (杆) at the suth gate. Then he said anyne wh tk the ple t the nrth gate wuld 200 (receive) 10 gld pieces. The task was s easy 201 nbdy believed it was true. They all thught Shang Yang was jking. After seeing that, Shang Yang said he wuld ffer 50 gld pieces t anyne wh did it.
And 202 (final), a man wanted t have a try. He put the ple n his shulder and walked t the nrth gate. 203 his surprise, Shang Yang paid him 50 gld pieces.
The news spread acrss the capital. Sn, peple were saying Shang Yang was a man f 204 (he) wrd. Then peple 205 (fllw) him withut questin. With his effrts, Qin 206 (becme) the strngest f all the states.
【答案】
196．successful 197．plans 198．accepted/acceptable 199．up 200．receive 201．that 202．finally 203．T 204．his 205．fllwed 206．became
【导语】本文讲述了战国时期商鞅通过“徙木立信”的故事赢得百姓信任，最终帮助秦国成为最强诸侯国的历史事件。
196．句意：最成功的变革之一是由秦国的商鞅创造的。根据“mst”和“changes”可知此处需用形容词最高级修饰名词，success的形容词形式为successful。故填successful。
197．句意：商鞅制定了一系列计划。根据“a set f”可知后接可数名词复数，plan的复数形式为plans。故填plans。
198．句意：起初，这些计划不易被接受。根据“were nt easily”可知此处可以用被动语态，accept的过去分词为accepted。另外这里也可以用形容词acceptable“可接受的”作表语。故填accept/acceptable。
199．句意：为了解决这个问题，商鞅想出了一个主意。固定短语cme up with表示“想出”，故填up。
200．句意：然后他说将杆子搬到北门的人会得到10金。根据“wuld”可知后面需用动词原形。故填receive。
201．句意：任务太简单以至于没人相信。此处是固定结构s…that…“如此……以至于……”，引导结果状语从句，故填that。
202．句意：最终，一个人决定尝试。final是形容词，此处修饰句子，应用副词作状语。故填finally。
203．句意：令他惊讶的是，商鞅给了他50金。固定短语t ne’s surprise表示“令某人惊讶的是”，首字母大写。故填T。
204．句意：很快人们说商鞅是个守信之人。固定短语a man f his wrd表示“守信之人”，wrd前用形容词性物主代词his。故填his。
205．句意：然后人们毫无疑虑地跟随他。根据上下文时态可知，此处是一般过去时，需用fllw的过去式fllwed。故填fllwed。
206．句意：秦国成为所有诸侯国中最强大的。根据上下文时态可知，此处是一般过去时，需用becme的过去式became。故填became。
(2024中考真题）
（2024·河北·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词（有提示词的，填入所给单词的正确形式）。
The Lin family has a sn and a daughter, Lin Ming and Lin Fang. Lin Ming is seven and Lin Fang is tw years 1 (yung) than her brther. They study in different 2 (schl). One day, Mrs. Lin picked up Lin Ming and then they went t Lin Fang’s schl tgether. Sme bys and girls were playing 3 (happy) n the playgrund. Lin Ming std at the schl gate and waited 4 his sister. Just then, the bell 5 (ring). Several minutes later, many 6 (child) walked ut in a line. Lin Fang was the 7 (five) ne in it. When Lin Ming saw her, he culdn’t wait t run t her. “Fangfang,” Lin Ming 8 (shut). Jumping with jy, Lin Fang rushed t meet 9 (he). They hugged each ther and walked t their mther hand in hand. When Mrs. Lin saw this, 10 big smile appeared n her face. Her heart was filled with happiness.
【答案】
1．yunger 2．schls 3．happily 4．fr 5．rang 6．children 7．fifth 8．shuted 9．him 10．a
【导语】本文主要介绍林一家的家庭生活。
1．句意：林明七岁，林芳比她哥哥小两岁。根据“than”可知，此处应使用比较级，故填yunger。
2．句意：他们在不同的学校学习。different修饰名词复数，故填schls。
3．句意：一些男孩和女孩在操场上玩得很开心。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词happily，故填happily。
4．句意：林明站在学校门口等他的妹妹。wait fr“等待”，固定短语，故填fr。
5．句意：就在这时，铃响了。时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填rang。
6．句意：几分钟后，许多孩子排着队走出去。many修饰名词复数，故填children。
7．句意：林芳是其中的第五个。此处作定语修饰ne，用序数词fifth，故填fifth。
8．句意：“芳芳，”林明喊道。时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填shuted。
9．句意：林芳高兴得跳了起来，冲过去迎接他。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填him。
10．句意：林太太看到这，脸上露出了灿烂的笑容。她的心里充满了幸福。此处泛指一个微笑，用不定冠词a，故填a。
（2024·黑龙江牡丹江·中考真题）
Fill in the blanks with the grammatical knwledge accrding t the passage.
A grup f Chinese astrnauts visited Hng Kng and Maca in China. They met with yung peple there and encuraged 11 (they) t have a dream f space explratin (探索).
During the visit, the grup f Chinese astrnauts went t many middle schls 12 tw universities in Hng Kng. They als gave a talk in Maca and met 13 (thusand) f students in bth places.
“The Chinese space statin is 14 a hme fr the mtherland in space,” Chen Dng said. He is ne f 15 Shenzhu-14 astrnauts. He hpes that he 16 (see) peple frm Hng Kng and Maca in the Chinese space statin in the future.
During a special shw, Shum, a Hng Kng middle schl student, felt really 17 (excite) t meet the astrnauts. She thinks that the astrnauts 18 (be) true heres. “I am prud f ur cuntry and this makes me even 19 (interested) in space,” Shum said.
“The visit is special and imprtant fr students,”the chief executive f the Maca SAR (澳门特别行政区行政长官) said. He thinks that China has taken the educatin f science and technlgy 20 (serius).
The visit t Hng Kng and Maca was really successful.
【答案】
11．them 12．and 13．thusands 14．like 15．the 16．will see 17．excited 18．are 19．mre interested 20．seriusly
【导语】本文讲述了中国载人航天工程代表团走进香港和澳门，与学生进行深入交流。
11．句意：他们在那里会见了年轻人，鼓励他们有一个太空探索的梦想。动词“encuraged”后跟代词宾格形式。them“他们”，宾格。故填them。
12．句意：在访问期间，中国宇航员小组去了香港的多所中学和两所大学。“many middle schls”和“tw universities”是并列关系，需用and连接。故填and。
13．句意：他们还在澳门做了一次演讲，并在两地会见了数千名学生。thusands f“数以千计的”，表示一种概数。故填thusands。
14．句意：陈东说：“中国空间站就像祖国在太空中的家。”根据“The Chinese space statin hme”可知，此处是指中国空间站就像祖国在太空中的家，like“像”，介词。故填like。
15．句意：他是神舟十四号的宇航员之一。“ne f the...”后接可数名词的复数形式，表示某一群体中的一部分。 故填the。
16．句意：他希望将来能在中国的空间站看到来自香港和澳门的人。根据“in the future.”可知，本句是一般将来时(will d)。故填will see。
17．句意：在一个特别的节目中，香港中学生Shum，对见到宇航员感到非常兴奋。空处修饰人“Shum”，且位于“felt”后，用形容词excited，表示“兴奋的”。故填excited。
18．句意：她认为宇航员是真正的英雄。本句陈述事实，用一般现在时；主语“the astrnauts”是复数，be动词用are。故填are。
19．句意：Shum说：“我为我们的国家感到骄傲，这让我对太空更感兴趣了。”“even”修饰形容词比较级，mre interested“更加感兴趣的”。故填mre interested。
20．句意：他认为中国重视科技教育。take sth seriusly“认真对待某事”，固定短语。故填seriusly。
（2024·湖南长沙·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Chinese New Year is a great celebratin. It 21 (mark) the end f the winter seasn and the beginning f spring. Accrding t traditin, peple like t give flwers and fruits 22 each ther during Chinese New Year, because they carry many special 23 (meaning). They represent (象征) the earth cming back t life and best wishes fr new beginnings,
Orchids (兰花) cme in many clrs, but many peple like purple and red nes fr Chinese New Year. They are believed 24 (represent) lve and beauty. Orchids say, “Wish yu t be 25 (luck), successful and happy.” During the hliday perid, this plant is a must.
Penies (牡丹) are like sft cluds in pink, red and white. They are beautiful and can brighten up smene’s day. Red penies 26 (give) t peple t shw lve and care. Penies say, “Yu are special t me.” They are als a symbl f wealth and 27 (rich).
Kumquats (金橘), with 28 (they) glden clr, ate a symbl f wealth and luck. The Chinese wrd fr “kumquat” sunds like “gld range”, which cnnects kumquats with richness. This small fruit tree is ften presented in pairs.
The apple, with its bright clrs 29 rund shape, represents peace and harmny (和谐). In fact, the wrd fr “apple” in Chinese sunds like “peace”. 30 (certain), apples make great gifts.
【答案】
21．marks 22．t 23．meanings 24．t represent 25．lucky 26．are given 27．richness 28．their 29．and 30．Certainly
【导语】本文主要介绍人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果这一习俗及背后的意义。
21．句意：它标志着冬天的结束和春天的开始。时态是一般现在时，主语是It，动词用三单，故填marks。
22．句意：根据传统，人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果，因为它们承载着许多特殊的含义。give sth t sb“给某人某物”，故填t。
23．句意：根据传统，人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果，因为它们承载着许多特殊的含义。many修饰可数名词复数，故填meanings。
24．句意：人们认为它们代表着爱和美。be believed t d sth“被相信做某事”，故填t represent。
25．句意：兰花的意思是：“祝你幸运、成功、快乐。”此处在句中作表语，用其形容词形式，故填lucky。
26．句意：红色的牡丹是用来表示爱和关心的。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，所以用一般现在时的被动语态be dne，主语是复数，be动词用are，故填are given。
27．句意：它们也是财富和富裕的象征。此处与wealth并列，用名词形式，故填richness。
28．句意：金黄色的金橘被认为是财富和幸运的象征。此处作定语修饰其后的名词，用形容词性物主代词their，故填their。
29．句意：苹果颜色鲜艳，形状圆润，象征着和平与和谐。前后构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
30．句意：当然，苹果是很好的礼物。此处在句中修饰整个句子，用副词Certainly放句首，故填Certainly。
（2024·福建·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据语境或所给单词的提示，在每个空格内填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
Xi’an is the capital city f Shaanxi prvince. It lies in 31 nrth f China. The city’s early histry is ften cnnected with Liu Bang, wh started the Han Dynasty and made Xi’an his capital. He 32 (give) it the name Chang’ an. During the Tang Dynasty, Xi’an achieved its great imprtance. Krea and Japan fllwed Xi’an’s example in 33 (build) their ancient capitals.
Many things frm ancient times can still be fund in Xi’an tday. The city wall—ne f the few city walls still left in China—is a gd example. It 34 (g) arund the city and is an imprtant cultural site (遗址). In central Xi’an there is the Bell Twer—the 35 ( large) bell twer remaining in China. The bell was first designed as an emergency alarm (警钟) t warn f danger, 36 it was very ften used t tell peple the time.
While Xi’an is a city 37 a lng histry, it is als very much a part f the mdern wrld. It is best 38 (knw) as a center fr sftware (软件) research, develpment and services. Histrically, Xi’an has always been a city f art, industry and business that have placed it far in frnt f many ther 39 (city).
Xi’an is a city always remaking 40 (it) and lking frward, all the while keeping the best f the past.
【答案】
31．the 32．gave 33．building 34．ges 35．largest 36．but 37．with 38．knwn 39．cities 40．itself
【导语】本文介绍了中国的城市西安。
31．句意：它在中国北方。in the nrth表示“在北方”。故填the。
32．句意：他给它长安的名字。根据“wh started the Han Dynasty and made Xi’an his capital. ”可知描述过去的事，用一般过去时，give过去式为gave。故填gave。
33．句意：韩国和日本效仿西安建造古都。in为介词，后接动词的动名词形式。故填building。
34．句意：它环绕着城市，是一个重要的文化遗址。根据“is an imprtant cultural site ”可知此句时态是一般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，谓语动词用三单。故填ges。
35．句意：在西安的中心有钟楼——中国现存最大的钟楼。the后接形容词最高级，largest表示“最大的”。故填largest。
36．句意：钟最初是作为紧急警报来警告危险的，但它经常被用来告诉人们时间。空前后有转折关系，用but连接。故填but。
37．句意：西安是一座历史悠久的城市，同时也是现代世界的一部分。根据“While Xi’an is a city ... a lng histry”可知此处指有悠久历史的城市，介词with表示“具有”。故填with。
38．句意：它以软件研究、开发和服务中心而闻名。形容词短语be knwn as表示“被称为”。故填knwn。
39．句意：从历史上看，西安一直是一座艺术、工业和商业之都，这使它远远领先于许多其他城市。many ther后接名词复数。故填cities。
40．句意：西安是一个不断自我改造和向前看的城市，同时也保留着过去的精华。根据“Xi’an is a city always remaking”可知此处指改进自己，主语是Xi’an，此处用反身代词itself。故填itself。
（2024·宁夏·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入恰当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
Mre Than Just A Ndle Shp
Gu Zhanglng, a Chinese yung man, has lived in France 41 12 years. In 2022, he 42 (begin) selling traditinal Shanxi sliced ndles in France. Sliced ndles are als 43 (call) Daximian in Chinese. Gu shared sme vides f his ndle shp nline, and the shp 44 (quick) became ppular. S far, he has already had 45 (millin) f fans all ver the wrld.
At first, Gu was 46 (wrry) abut whether his ndles wuld be ppular with French custmers. 47 , he fund the French custmers nt nly culd eat it, but als accepted it with gust (津津有味). “Many French friends have added 48 (we) ndles t their daily diet nw,” Gu said. “Fd knws n brders (国界).”
Since the ndle shp pened. Gu has hsted (招待) many French peple 49 are interested in China. Over dinner, Gu ften shares his knwledge f China with them. “I want mre and mre 50 (freigner) t learn abut Chinese fd and Chinese culture, s that they can better understand China,” he said.
【答案】
41．fr 42．began 43．called 44．quickly 45．millins 46．wrried 47．Hwever 48．ur 49．wh/that 50．freigners
【导语】本文主要介绍把中国山西刀削面带进法国的郭章龙的故事。
41．句意：郭章龙，一个中国年轻人，已经在法国生活了12年。根据“has lived in years”可知，此处强调时间段，用“fr+段时间”，故填fr。
42．句意：2022年，他开始在法国销售传统的山西刀削面。根据“In 2022”可知，是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填began。
43．句意：“Sliced ndles”在汉语中也被称为刀削面。根据“Sliced ndles are in Chinese.”可知，此处是be called“被称为”，故填called。
44．句意：郭在网上分享了一些他的面馆视频，这家店很快就火了起来。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填quickly。
45．句意：到目前为止，他已经在世界各地拥有了数百万的粉丝。此处是millins f“数百万的”，故填millins。
46．句意：起初，郭担心他的面条是否会受到法国顾客的欢迎。be wrried abut“担心”，固定短语，故填wrried。
47．句意：然而，他发现法国顾客不仅可以吃，而且还津津有味地接受了它。前后两句构成转折关系，用Hwever连接，故填Hwever。
48．句意：现在很多法国朋友都把我们的面条加入了他们的日常饮食中。此处作定语，用形容词性物主代词ur，故填ur。
49．句意：自从面馆开业以来，郭接待了许多对中国感兴趣的法国人。此处是定语从句，先行词是人，引导词在从句中作主语，用wh/that引导。故填wh/that。
50．句意：我希望越来越多的外国人了解中国食物和中国文化，这样他们就能更好地了解中国。“mre and mre”修饰可数名词复数，故填freigners。
（2024·四川眉山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Htpt, Map Tfu and Fish Filets in Ht Chili Oil (水煮鱼) —these dishes are well-knwn names in China. And they all have ne thing 51 cmmn: They’re very numbing (麻的) and spicy (辣的).“Numbing and spicy” is a special phrase which is used 52 (describe) Sichuan fd. Generally, Sichuan cks are gd at using Pixian Brad Bean Paste (郫县豆瓣). It 53 (see) as “the sul (灵魂) f Sichuan dishes” by many peple. As 54 result, they are quite different frm the dried and spicy Hunan fd and the sur and spicy Guizhu fd.
Hwever, t Sichuan dishes, there is much mre than 55 (they) numbing and spicy flavr (味道) because Sichuan cks are able t create all kinds f flavrs. S peple praise Sichuan dishes, “Each dish 56 (have) its wn style; a hundred dishes have a hundred different flavrs.” There are at 57 (little) 24 kinds f flavrs in Sichuan dishes and nly ne-third f them are spicy. Sme dishes are neither numbing 58 spicy, like sweet and sur fish.
Visitrs t Sichuan are surprised at s many 59 (chice) they have fr fd. Sichuan is 60 (certain) a great place t start yur Chinese fd jurney.
【答案】
51．in 52．t describe 53．is seen 54．a 55．their 56．has 57．least 58．nr 59．chices 60．certainly
【导语】本文主要介绍了川菜。
51．句意：它们都有一个共同点：麻辣。此处是固定短语in cmmn“共同的”。故填in。
52．句意：麻辣是一个用来形容川菜的特殊短语。be used t d sth“被用来做某事”，为固定短语，符合题意，故填t describe。
53．句意：它被许多人视为“川菜之魂”。此处是固定短语be seen as“被视为”，句子是一般现在时，主语是it，be动词用is。故填is seen。
54．句意：因此，它们与干辣的湖南菜和酸辣的贵州菜有很大的不同。as a result“因此，结果是”，为固定短语。故填a。
55．句意：然而，川菜的味道远不止麻辣，因为川菜厨师能做出各种各样的口味。空后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词their修饰，故填their。
56．句意：每道菜都有自己的风格。句子是一般现在时，主语是each，谓语动词用三单形式，故填has。
57．句意：四川菜至少有24种口味，其中只有三分之一是辣的。at least“至少”，为固定短语，故填least。
58．句意：有些菜既不麻也不辣，比如糖醋鱼。“既不……也不……”，为固定结构。故填nr。
59．句意：到四川旅游的人对四川有这么多可选择的食物感到惊讶。many修饰可数名词chice的复数，故填chices。
60．句意：四川无疑是开始你的中国美食之旅的好地方。certain是形容词，此处应用副词certainly“无疑”作状语。故填certainly。
（2024·江苏苏州·中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
When cultures meet, nt just their language r clthing may be different. Often their fd will be 61 (great) different t. Peple n bth sides can discver new chances fr trading. This text 62 (tell) hw sme cmmn fd plants spread arund the wrld.
As early as 5, 000 BC, 63 (ptat) were traded in Suth America as a valuable type f fd. They were 64 (take) t Eurpe in the 1500s and their use sn spread acrss it.
Tea drinking started in China. By the early 1600s, traders had begun t ship tea frm China t Eurpe. Tea drinking sn 65 (becme) fashinable there but because 66 its high price, it remained a drink fr the wealthy.
Sugar cane (甘蔗) was first used t prduce 67 kind f sweet juice ver 8, 000 years ag n the island f New Guinea. Its use sn spread acrss Suth East Asia and then t the 68 (wide) wrld.
Cca was used t make a cld, spicy drink in Central America ver 3, 000 years ag. The Eurpeans brught it back with 69 (they) in the 1520s and added sugar t make the sweet, ht drink we knw tday. 70 it’s expensive, many peple still lve it.
【答案】
61．greatly 62．tells 63．ptates 64．taken 65．became 66．f 67．a 68．wider 69．them 70．Althugh/Thugh
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了一些常见的食用植物是如何在世界各地传播的。
61．句意：通常他们的食物也会有很大的不同。great“大的”，形容词，此处应用其副词形式greatly，修饰形容词different。故填greatly。
62．句意：本文讲述了一些常见的食用植物是如何在世界各地传播的。tell“讲述”，动词。本句是一般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，谓语动词用其单三形式。故填tells。
63．句意：早在公元前5000年，土豆就作为一种有价值的食物在南美洲进行贸易。ptat “土豆”，可数名词，由“were”可知，用其复数形式。故填ptates。
64．句意：它们在16世纪被带到欧洲，并很快传遍了整个欧洲。take“携带”，动词。此处指土豆被带到欧洲，是被动语态，动词用其过去分词形式。故填taken。
65．句意：饮茶很快在那里成为一种时尚，但由于价格高昂，它仍然是富人的饮品。becme“成为”，动词。本句描述过去的事，应为一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填became。
66．句意：饮茶很快在那里成为一种时尚，但由于价格高昂，它仍然是富人的饮品。此处是短语because f “由于”。故填f。
67．句意：8000多年前，在新几内亚岛，甘蔗首次被用来生产一种甜果汁。此处是短语a kind f “一种”。故填a。
68．句意：它的使用很快就传遍了东南亚，然后传播到了更广阔的世界。wide“宽阔的”，形容词。此处指甘蔗后来传播到更为宽阔的世界，暗含比较，应用其比较级。故填wider。
69．句意：15世纪20年代，欧洲人将其带回欧洲，并添加糖制成我们今天所知的甜味热饮。they “他们”，代词主格。此处应用其宾格形式them，作介词with的宾语。故填them。
70．句意：虽然它很贵，但许多人仍然喜欢它。分析句子可知，此处缺少连词，指虽然它很昂贵，但是很多人仍然很喜欢，故用althugh/thugh引导让步状语从句。故填Althugh/Thugh。
（2024·湖北武汉·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据上下文或括号内单词等提示，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的适当形式。
The theme parks in the wrld are ppular because they have their wn character IPs (知识产权), such as Mickey Muse and Harry Ptter. Accrding t 71 research reprt, IP is the “heart” f a theme park. 72 (develp) China’s wn IPs, sme theme parks make gd use f traditinal Chinese culture, and thers fcus n films abut Chinese 73 (stry).
It is 74 (encurage) that the Chinese cultural industry (产业) has been taking a big step in creative wrks. Fr example, sme famus theme parks have pened in Shanghai and Beijing 75 (recent). It’s happy t see that sme Chinese culture has been welcmed in the parks.
Over the past few years, Chinese cultural IPs have ften appeared 76 mvies and TV dramas. Fr example, the Chinese film Chang’an San Wan Li became a success thanks t the Chinese ink paintings, ancient pems 77 high technlgy in it. Besides, Mulan, which 78 (prduce) years ag, helped traditinal Chinese cultured t be learned by the wrld.
Traditinal Chinese culture 79 (prvide) special experiences fr the entertainment industry. The key lies in new ideas. With the help f high technlgy, China can develp 80 (it) traditinal cultural IPs and it will have wrld-class theme parks in the cming years.
【答案】
a 72．T develp 73．stries 74．encuraging 75．recently 76．in 77．and
78．was prduced 79．prvides 80．its
【导语】本文主要介绍中国文化产业的发展。
71．句意：一份研究报告显示，知识产权是主题公园的“心脏”。此处泛指一份研究报告，“research reprt”首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
72．句意：为了开发中国自己的知识产权，一些主题公园很好地利用了中国传统文化，而另一些主题公园则专注于中国故事的电影。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填T develp。
73．句意：为了开发中国自己的知识产权，一些主题公园很好地利用了中国传统文化，而另一些主题公园则专注于中国故事的电影。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式，故填stries。
74．句意：令人鼓舞的是，中国文化产业在创意作品方面迈出了一大步。句中It为形式主语，真正的主语是that the Chinese cultural industry (产业) has been taking a big step in creative wrks，此处表示中国文化产业在创意作品方面迈出了一大步，这是一件令人鼓舞的事情，应用形容词encuraging来修饰。故填encuraging。
75．句意：例如，最近在上海和北京开设了一些著名的主题公园。此处在句中作状语，用副词形式。故填recently。
76．句意：在过去的几年里，中国文化知识产权经常出现在电影和电视剧中。根据“Chinese cultural IPs have ften and TV dramas”可知，中国文化知识产权经常出现在电影和电视剧中，in“在……中”符合语境。故填in。
77．句意：例如，中国电影《长安三万里》的成功要归功于其中的中国水墨画、古诗词和高科技。前后构成并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
78．句意：此外，多年前制作的《木兰》帮助中国传统文化被世界学习。本句主语是动作的承受者，结合“years ag”可知，用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是“Mulan”，be动词用was。故填was prduced。
79．句意：中国传统文化为娱乐业提供了特殊的体验。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是“Traditinal Chinese culture”，动词用三单。故填prvides。
80．句意：在高科技的帮助下，中国可以开发其传统文化知识产权，并将在未来几年拥有世界级的主题公园。此处作定语修饰“traditinal cultural IPs”，用形容词性物主代词its。故填its。
（2024·四川达州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在文章空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The Shenzhu-18 manned spaceship has been successfully launched (发射) frm the Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center. It marks China’s 32nd manned flight int space.
At 8: 59 p. m. n April 25, 2024, it 81 (send) three astrnauts and nearly 100 experimental bxes (实验柜) t the Tiangng space statin. The three astrnauts 82 (be) Ye Guangfu, Li Cng and Li Guangsu. They were all brn in the 1980s. Ye was ne f the 83 (member) f the Shenzhu-l3 missin (任务) frm Octber 2021 84 April 2022.
This time, he wrks as the 85 (lead) f the three astrnauts. Bth Li Cng 86 Li Guangsu are newcmers t space. During 87 (they) time in space, they will care fr the space statin t make sure it can wrk 88 (safe). They will d ver 90 experiments. A fish 89 (call) “the 4th member f Shenzhu-18” will be used fr an experimental prject.
The Shenzhu-18 astrnauts are planned t return t 90 earth in late Octber this year. S they will spend abut six mnths n the space statin.
【答案】
81．sent 82．are 83．members 84．t 85．leader 86．and 87．their 88．safely 89．called 90．the
【导语】本文介绍了神舟十八号的航天员以及航天任务、行程等。
81．句意：2024年4月25日晚8点59分，中国航天局将3名航天员和近100个实验柜送往天宫空间站。send“发送”，动词。根据“At 8: 59 p. m. n April 25, 2024”可知，时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填sent。
82．句意：这三名宇航员分别是叶光富、李聪和李广苏。本句陈述事实，是一般现在时，主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are。
83．句意：叶是2021年10月至2022年4月神舟三号任务的成员之一。member“成员”，可数名词。ne f the+名词复数，意为“……之一”。故填members。
84．句意：叶是2021年10月至2022年4月神舟三号任务的成员之一。frm…t…“从……到……”，固定搭配。故填t。
85．句意：这一次，他是三名宇航员中的领导者。lead“领导”，动词。此处指叶光富是三人中的领导者。leader“领导”，可数名词，用其单数形式。故填leader。
86．句意：李聪和李广苏都是太空新人。bth…and“两者都……”，固定搭配。故填and。
87．句意：在太空期间，他们将照顾空间站，确保它能安全工作。they“他们”，人称代词。此处应用形容词性物主代词their，作定语修饰time。故填their。
88．句意：在太空期间，他们将照顾空间站，确保它能安全工作。safe“安全的”，形容词。此处用其副词形式safely，修饰动词wrk。故填safely。
89．句意：一种名为“神舟十八号”的鱼将被用于一个实验项目。call“称为”，动词。此处用其过去分词形式called，作后置定语修饰名词fish。故填called。
90．句意：神舟十八号航天员计划于今年十月下旬返回地球。此处缺少冠词，earth“地球”是世界上独一无二的物体，其前应加定冠词the。故填the。
（2024·黑龙江绥化·中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空。
After sme warm-up activities, Zhang Hanliang starts her martial (武术的) art exercises in the mrning. T prmte (推广) martial arts t mre peple, Zhang and her team 91 (make) many 92 (traditin) Chinese martial art vides in the past few years. 93 (millin) f peple watched the vides. “I hpe that mre and mre peple will feel the beauty f 94 (d) Chinese kung fu.” said Zhang.
Zhang has practiced martial arts fr ver 20 years. 95 (she) lve fr martial arts 96 (cme) frm her family. After Zhang had practiced at hme fr a few years, her father sent her t a sprts schl. At that time, Zhang was the 97 (yung) child t learn martial arts at the schl, but she practiced very hard. “I wuld keep 98 (practice) after daily training every day.” Zhang said.
In 2007, Zhang began t teach martial arts. Besides her jb at the university, Zhang 99 (wrk) t prmte the martial arts t freigners nw. She has been invited t many freign cuntries t give lessns n it. “Martial arts can be a bridge fr cultural exchanges between China and ther cuntries,” said Zhang. She wished mre and mre peple 100 (knw) and lve martial arts.
【答案】
91．have made 92．traditinal 93．Millins 94．ding 95．Her 96．cmes 97．yungest 98．practicing 99．is wrking 100．t knw
【导语】本文主要介绍了张含亮和其团队制作的多个中华传统武术视频在互联网悄然走红的故事，引导学生尊重并弘扬传统文化，增强文化自信。
91．句意：为了向更多人推广武术，张和她的团队在过去几年里制作了许多中国传统武术视频。根据“in the past few years”可知，强调动作的持续，所以用现在完成时，主语是复数名词，所以助动词用have，后跟过去分词made。故填have made。
92．句意：为了向更多人推广武术，张和她的团队在过去几年里制作了许多中国传统武术视频。空处作定语修饰名词vides，所以用traditin的形容词形式traditinal。故填traditinal。
93．句意：数百万人观看了这些视频。millins f“数百万的”，固定短语，句首单词首字母要大写。故填Millins。
94．句意：我希望越来越多的人能感受到中国功夫的美。介词f后跟动名词作宾语，故填ding。
95．句意：她对武术的热爱来自她的家庭。空处作定语修饰名词lve，所以用she的形容词性物主代词her，句首单词首字母大写。故填Her。
96．句意：她对武术的热爱来自她的家庭。不可数名词lve作主语，时态是一般现在时，所以谓语动词用三单形式，故填cmes。
97．句意：当时，张是学校里最小的孩子，但她练得很刻苦。根据“at the schl”可知，是与学校的孩子相比，三者以上作比较用最高级，yung的最高级yungest，故填yungest。
98．句意：在每天的日常训练之后，我会继续练习。keep ding sth“继续做某事”，所以空处用动名词作宾语，故填practicing。
99．句意：除了大学的工作，她现在还在向外国人推广武术。根据“nw”可知，时态是现在进行时，主语是第三人称单数，所以be动词用is，后跟wrk的现在分词。故填is wrking。
100．句意：她希望越来越多的人了解并热爱武术。wish sb t d sth“希望某人做某事”，固定短语，所以空处用动词不定式，故填t knw。
（2024·四川自贡·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The Zigng Lantern Festival shws the wisdm and culture f peple in Zigng. In 2008, the festival 101 (becme) a natinal-level intangible cultural heritage (国家级非物质文化遗产). S far the Zigng lantern festival 102 (reach) many places in China and mre than eighty 103 (cuntry) arund the wrld.
Wan Sngta is 104 imprtant leader f a lantern-making cmpany in Zigng. He spent his every vacatin 105 (learn) lantern-making frm his father when he was a teenager. 106 (get) better at designing (设计), Wan studied fine art in cllege.
One f the mst imprtant parts f making a large lantern is designing. “We used t design the lanterns all by urselves,” said Wan. “ 107 (lucky), we can use AI fr gd ideas nw.” Besides AI, ther technlgies are als very 108 (help). “The great success f Zigng lanterns cmes 109 team effrt,” said Wan. His favrite wrk The sundial in 2024 is the wrk f ver 80 Zigng lantern makers as well as a grup f engineers. It tk them ver 4,000 hurs t make it 110 bring it t the park.
【答案】
101．became 102．has reached 103．cuntries 104．an 105．learning 106．T get 107．Luckily 108．helpful 109．frm 110．and
【导语】本文主要介绍了自贡元宵节的影响以及现代科技对设计灯笼的影响。
101．句意：2008年，该节日被列为国家级非物质文化遗产。根据“In 2008”可知，此处是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填became。
102．句意：到目前为止，自贡元宵节已经传到了中国许多地方和世界上80多个国家。根据S far可知，此处用现在完成时have/has dne的结构，主语是单数形式，助动词用has，故填has reached。
103．句意：到目前为止，自贡元宵节已经传到了中国许多地方和世界上80多个国家。根据“mre than eighty”可知，此空应填复数形式，故填cuntries。
104．句意：万松涛是自贡一家灯笼制作公司的重要领导。此处表示泛指，且imprtant是以元音音素开头的，故填an。
105．句意：十几岁的时候，他每个假期都跟着父亲学习制作灯笼。spend time ding sth“花费时间做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填learning。
106．句意：为了更好地设计，他在大学学习美术。根据“better at designing (设计), Wan studied fine art in cllege.”可知，在大学学习美术是为了更好地设计，用动词不定式作目的状语，故填T get。
107．句意：幸运的是，我们现在可以用人工智能来想出好主意。此空位于开头，且空格后有逗号隔开，应填副词作状语。根据“we can use AI fr gd ideas nw.”可知，现在可以用人工智能来想出好主意，这是一件幸运的事，故填Luckily。
108．句意：除了人工智能，其他技术也很有帮助。are后接形容词作表语，helpful“有帮助的”符合，故填helpful。
109．句意：自贡灯笼的巨大成功来自于团队的努力。根据“The great success f Zigng lanterns cmes…team effrt”可知，成功来自于团队的努力，cme frm“来自”，故填frm。
110．句意：他们花了4000多个小时制作并把它带到公园。空格前后是并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
（2024·四川遂宁·中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
The il-paper umbrella has a histry f ver 1,000 years in China. There are different 111 (stry) abut the inventin f the umbrella in China. The mst ppular ne has smething t d with Lu Ban. It’s said that nce he and his wife visited the West Lake. It started raining suddenly. His wife said, “Let’s have 112 cmpetitin. Befre sunrise tmrrw, the ne wh cmes up 113 a gd way t visit the West Lake even n rainy days will be the winner.” Lu Ban 114 (think) it was easy. He cllected sme tls and materials. Then he spent the whle night 115 (build) pavilins (亭子) arund the lake. He was quite prud f his wrk.
The next mrning, 116 Lu Ban talked abut his achievements and felt prud, his wife held smething unusual in her hand. It culd be pened int a rund shape. Lu Ban was 117 (surprise). He fund that the bject, made f silk and bamb, culd be pened and clsed 118 (easy). It was light, beautiful and easy t carry. Lu Ban said, “Yu win. Yur inventin can prtect us frm rain better.” S the umbrella 119 (invent).
Later, peple began t use paper, which was 120 (cheap) than silk. T make the umbrella water-prf, peple brushed a kind f il n the surface. S the il-paper umbrella appeared.
【答案】
111．stries 112．a 113．with 114．thught 115．building 116．when 117．surprised 118．easily 119．was invented 120．cheaper
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了鲁班和妻子发明雨伞的典故。
111．句意：关于雨伞的发明，中国有不同的故事。stry“故事”，可数名词，被different修饰，用其复数形式。故填stries。
112．句意：我们来比赛吧。cmpetitin是可数名词单数，且以辅音音素发音开头，其前应加不定冠词a。have a cmpetitin“比赛”。故填a。
113．句意：明天日出之前，谁能想出一个雨天也能游西湖的好办法，谁就是赢家。cme up with“想出”，动词短语。故填with。
114．句意：鲁班认为这很容易。think“认为”，动词。时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填thught。
115．句意：然后他花了一整晚在湖边建造亭子。build“建造”，动词。spend sme time ding sth.“花费时间做某事”，动名词作宾语。故填building。
116．句意：第二天早晨，鲁班谈起自己的功绩，得意洋洋，他的妻子手里拿着一件不寻常的东西。此处缺少连词，指当鲁班谈到自己建造的亭子时，妻子手里拿着一件不寻常的东西。when“当……时”，引导时间状语从句。故填when。
117．句意：鲁班很惊讶。surprise“使惊讶”，动词。此处应用其形容词surprised“惊讶的”，作表语，修饰人。故填surprised。
118．句意：他发现这个由丝绸和竹子制成的东西可以很容易地打开和关闭。easy“容易的”，形容词。此处应用其副词easily，修饰动词。故填easily。
119．句意：于是伞被发明了。invent“发明”，动词。此处指雨伞被发明，应为被动语态。时态是一般过去时，应为一般过去时的被动语态。主语是单数，be动词用was。故填was invented。
120．句意：后来，人们开始使用比丝绸便宜的纸。cheap“便宜的”，形容词。根据“than”可知，此处用其比较级。故填cheaper。
（2024·四川宜宾·中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式，并将答案填写在答题卡上的相应位置。
In China, when yu want t travel n a high-speed train, yu can nw chse a quiet car. The big train cmpany in China has started this n sme train lines, 121 the nes frm Beijing t Shanghai, Beijing t Guangzhu, and Chengdu t Chngqing.
Yu can chse a quiet car when yu buy yur train ticket n the website 12306.cn 122 can ffer train tickets. Yu can ask fr a quiet seat in the 123 (tw) class (等级). On the 12306 phne app, if a train has a quiet car, yu 124 (find) a “quiet” sign.
After yu buy yur ticket, yu will receive 125 message telling yu nt t make any nise in the quiet car. Yu shuld use headphnes when 126 (listen) t music and g utside the quiet car if yu talk n the phne. Parents must make sure their 127 (child) behave well s that they wn’t cause any truble fr thers. The cnductrs (列车员) will speak mre 128 (sft). They als knw when each persn will get ff the train and can tell 129 (they) quietly.
If yu wuld like 130 (buy) sme fd, yu can scan (扫描) a special cde n the arm f yur seat. Fllw the steps t rder, and the salespersn will bring it t yu.
Nw, yu can enjy a nice and quiet train trip!
【答案】
121．including 122．that/which 123．secnd 124．will find 125．a 126．listening 127．children 128．sftly 129．them 130．t buy
【导语】本文主要讲了火车上可以选择安静车厢服务，介绍了服务要遵守的一些规定以及一些注意事项。
121．句意：中国最大的铁路公司已经在一些线路上推出了这项服务，包括北京至上海、北京至广州和成都至重庆的线路。根据“The big train cmpany in China has started this n sme train lines, nes frm Beijing t Shanghai, Beijing t Guangzhu, and Chengdu t Chngqing.”可知，此处举例推出这项服务的线路包括哪些，介词including“包括”符合语境。故填including。
122．句意：你可以在12306.cn网站上买火车票时选择一节安静的车厢。此处是定语从句，先行词是物，引导词在从句中作主语，用that/which引导定语从句。故填that/which。
123．句意：你可以在二等座要一个安静的座位。此处作定语修饰class，用序数词secnd，表示第二等级的车厢，故填secnd。
124．句意：在12306手机应用程序上，如果火车上有安静车厢，你会发现一个“安静”的标志。此处是if引导的条件状语从句，动作未发生，满足“主将从现”原则，主句用一般将来时。故填will find。
125．句意：在你买了票之后，你会收到一条信息，告诉你不要在安静的车厢里制造任何噪音。此处泛指一条信息，“message”首字母发辅音音素。故填a。
126．句意：听音乐时应戴上耳机，打电话时应离开安静的车厢。此处在句中作状语，用现在分词形式。故填listening。
127．句意：父母必须确保他们的孩子表现良好，这样他们就不会给别人带来麻烦。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式。故填children。
128．句意：父母必须确保他们的孩子表现良好，这样他们就不会给别人带来麻烦。此处在句中修饰动词speak，用副词形式。故填sftly。
129．句意：他们还知道每个人什么时候下车，并能悄悄地告诉他们。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格。故填them。
130．句意：如果你想买一些食物，你可以扫描座位扶手上的特殊码。wuld like t d sth“想要做某事”，动词不定式作宾语。故填t buy。
（2024·四川南充·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的横线上。
Jiang Shumei, brn in 1937, spent mst f her time wrking in a factry. In 1996, she learned her 131 (ne) Chinese character (汉字). Sixteen years later, she started t write dwn sme f her wn 132 (stry). It was nt easy. Smetimes, cmpleting a single sentence culd take a day. She 133 (usual) started at 3 r 4 a.m., and revised (修改) the pieces several times until she was 134 (satisfy).
In 2013, her bk, Time f Truble, Time f Pverty, was published and prved t be 135 success. The bk earned Jiang a lt f fans and sympathy (同情). “Dn’t feel srry fr me,” she says t her fans, “The hardships mentined in the bk are nw in the past. 136 them, I culd never have finished this bk.”
S far, the elderly wman 137 (publish) six bks, ttaling mre than 600,000 characters in length. “It’s never t late. I enjy 138 (I) when writing,“ Jiang says. She lives a healthy life, exercising every day 139 eating a balanced diet. “If I culd live as lng as 130, wuld yu still say that it is t late fr me 140 (start) after 60?” she says jkingly.
【答案】
131．first 132．stries 133．usually 134．satisfied 135．a 136．Withut 137．has published 138．myself 139．and 140．t start
【导语】本文通过描述姜淑梅在60岁以后开始学习汉字并成为作家的故事，告诉我们：活到老，学到者，
131．句意：1996年，她学会了第一个汉字。根据“she learned character (汉字).”可知，空处是指学会了第一个汉字，需用序数词first，意为“第一个”。故填first。
132．句意：16年后，她开始写下自己的一些故事。根据“sme f her wn...”可知，空处需填入复数名词。stries“故事”。故填stries。
133．句意：她通常在凌晨3、4点开始，把作品修改几次，直到满意为止。修饰空后动词“started”需用副词usually，意为“通常”。故填usually。
134．句意：她通常在凌晨3、4点开始，把作品修改几次，直到满意为止。be动词后跟形容词作表语；satisfy的形容词为satisfied，意为“满意的”。故填satisfied。
135．句意：2013年，她的书《乱时候，穷时候》出版并取得了成功。空处泛指“一个成功”，且“success”以辅音音素开头，需用不定冠词a。故填a。
136．句意：没有它们，我永远也写不完这本书。根据“The hardships mentined in the bk are nw in the past.”和“them, I culd never have finished this bk.”可知，此处是指没有书中提及的困难，姜淑梅写不出这本书。withut“没有”。故填Withut。
137．句意：到目前为止，这位老妇人已经出版了六本书，总长度超过60万字。根据“S far,”可知，本句是现在完成时(have/has dne)，主语是单数，助动词用has；publish的过去分词为published。故填has published。
138．句意：我很享受写作的过程。enjy neself表示“尽情享受，过得愉快”；此处需用myself与主语I保持一致。故填myself。
139．句意：她过着健康的生活，每天锻炼，饮食均衡。“exercising every day”和“eating a balanced diet.”并列，需用连词and表示“和”。故填and。
140．句意：如果我能活到130岁，你还会说我60岁以后再开始太迟吗？it is adj fr sb t d sth“对某人来说做某事是……”，固定短语。故填t start。
（2024·山东滨州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词或情态动词。
The year 2024 celebrates the Chinese Year f the Dragn. It is respected as a 141 (luck) year, full f hpe fr all.
Chinese peple respect the dragn, and even see themselves as the descendants (后代) f the dragn. In Chinese culture, the dragn is a symbl f pwer and gd luck. Peple believe it cntrls the water and brings a gd harvest. S they 142 (admire) the dragn since ancient times. And peple wh are brn in the dragn year are thught t be cnfident and unafraid t take risks.
But hw did the dragn becme ne f the twelve 143 (animal) in the Chinese zdiac (生肖)? Accrding t the legend, there was a party, the rder f the zdiac animals wuld be decided by the rder in which they arrived. The dragn, althugh it had the ability 144 (fly), didn’t cme first because it stpped t make rain fr farmers n 145 (it) way. S, it was the 146 (five) ne t arrive.
T shw great respect twards the dragn, Dragn Dance 147 (start) by the Chinese during the Han Dynasty. Nw it has been spread all ver the wrld. The length f dragns can be 50 t 70 meters because peple believe that the 148 (lng) the dragn is, the mre luck it will bring. But a small grup 149 (nt run) a very lng dragn because it needs great human pwer, much mney, and special skills.
The dragn is nt just an animal in the Chinese zdiac, it’s als a pwerful symbl that is rted (根植) 150 (deep) in Chinese histry and custms.
【答案】
141．lucky 142．have admired 143．animals 144．t fly 145．its 146．fifth 147．was started 148．lnger 149．can’t run 150．deeply
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了龙如何成为十二生肖之一的典故以及龙在中国文化中的重要地位和意义。
141．句意：它被认为是幸运的一年，对所有人都充满希望。luck“运气”，名词。此处应用形容词lucky“幸运的”，作定语修饰名词year。故填lucky。
142．句意：所以他们自古以来就崇拜龙。admire“尊敬”，动词。根据“since ancient times”可知，时态是现在完成时，主语是人称复数，助动词用have。故填have admired。
143．句意：但是龙是如何成为中国十二生肖中的十二种动物之一的呢？animal“动物”，可数名词，被twelve修饰，用其复数形式。故填animals。
144．句意：虽然龙有飞行的能力，但它并没有排在第一位，因为它在途中停下来为农民降雨。fly“飞”，动词。此处用动词不定式作后置定语修饰名词ability ，指飞行的能力。故填t fly。
145．句意：虽然龙有飞行的能力，但它并没有排在第一位，因为它在途中停下来为农民降雨。it“它”，人称代词。此处应用其形容词性物主代词its，作定语修饰名词way。故填its。
146．句意：所以，它是第五个到达的。five“五”，基数词。此处指龙第五个到达，表顺序，应用序数词fifth。故填fifth。
147．句意：为了表示对龙的高度尊重，中国人在汉代开始了舞龙运动。start“开始”，动词。由“by”可知，此处是被动语态。结合“during the Han Dynasty”可知，时态是一般过去时，故此处是一般过去时的被动语态，主语是第三人称单数，be动词用was。故填was started。
148．句意：龙的长度可以是50到70米，因为人们相信龙越长，它会带来更多的好运。lng“长的”，形容词。此处是“the+比较级, the+比较级”，意为“越……，就越……”，故用其比较级。故填lnger。
149．句意：但一小群人无法驾驭一条很长的龙，因为它需要大量的人力、大量的资金和特殊的技能。run“使运转”，动词。根据常识可知，几个人无法舞动一条巨长的龙。结合“needs”可知，时态是一般现在时，故用情态动词can’t表“不能”，动词run用原形。故填can’t run。
150．句意：龙不仅是中国十二生肖中的一种动物，也是深深植根于中国历史和习俗的强大象征。deep“深的”，形容词。此处应用其副词deeply“深深地”，修饰动词。故填deeply。
（2024·青海·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个恰当的单词或用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
Wu Muliang is a phtgrapher frm a village. He is 151 kind by. He takes 152 (pht) fr ld peple in his village. Wu Muliang is very yung, but he helps his neighbrs by 153 (take) pictures.
Wu’s grandparents tk care 154 him when he was a little by, but they culdn’t see each ther ften after he 155 (start) schl. Wu’s grandpa died years ag. But there was n picture f him fr the family t remember him with. This made Wu and his family very sad. Wu knew that many ld peple in 156 (he) village didn’t have pictures either. They didn’t have phnes with cameras like us, s Wu wanted 157 (help) them take pictures.
Wu tk pictures f his grandma 158 ther ld peple in the village. Sme f them were nt very ld, but they wanted pictures t remember themselves when they were yunger.
Wu learned that it’s 159 (imprtance) t spend time with family frm his experience. He will help mre ld peple in his village and ther places t. He wuld like t see them smiling 160 (happy) when they lk at their pictures.
【答案】
151．a 152．phts 153．taking 154．f 155．started 156．his 157．t help 158．and 159．imprtant 160．happily
【导语】本文主要介绍吴木良帮自己的奶奶以及全村一共十多位老人拍照这件事。
151．句意：他是一个善良的男孩。此处泛指一个男孩，“kind”首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
152．句意：他为村里的老人拍照。take phts“拍照”，故填phts。
153．句意：吴木良很年轻，但他帮助他的邻居拍照。by是介词，其后加动名词作宾语，故填taking。
154．句意：吴的祖父母在他还是个小男孩的时候就照顾他，但在他上学后，他们就不能经常见面了。take care f“照顾”，固定短语，故填f。
155．句意：吴的祖父母在他还是个小男孩的时候就照顾他，但在他上学后，他们就不能经常见面了。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填started。
156．句意：吴知道他村里的许多老人也没有照片。此处作定语修饰village，用形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
157．句意：他们没有像我们这样带摄像头的手机，所以吴想帮他们拍照。want t d sth“想要做某事”，故填t help。
158．句意：吴给他的奶奶和村里的其他老人拍了照片。前后两句构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
159．句意：吴从他的经历中学到，花时间和家人在一起很重要。此处在句中作表语，用其形容词形式，故填imprtant。
160．句意：他希望看到他们在看照片时开心地微笑。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词happily，故填happily。
（2024·吉林长春·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Westwd Natinal Park is a very huge natinal park. It is well-knwn 161 its fascinating scenes and many kinds f animals, especially bears. It is ne f my favrite 162 (place) t take phts.
I will never frget that afternn. Birds flew ver the 163 (peace) lake. The muntains 164 (cver) with white snw. With the camera held t my eye, I was recrding the amazing picture. All f a sudden, I fund tw baby bears far away running after each ther 165 (happy). Smetimes they stpped t lk arund; smetimes ne rubbed (蹭) against the ther’s back. They had a lt f fun playing in 166 sun. At that mment, I cmpletely lst myself in the sweet envirnment. Hw I wished that time culd stand still! I really hped 167 (catch) the warm scene with my camera and I did it. After a while, I 168 (hear) a lud rar (吼叫) frm the mther bear. The tw baby bears std up quickly 169 ran back t the frest. I was s lucky that I culd take such a picture.
The pht always reminds 170 (I) that the real beauty is “nature” in nature.
【答案】
fr 162．places 163．peaceful 164．were cvered 165．happily
166．the 167．t catch 168．heard 169．and 170．me
【导语】本文作者介绍自己在韦斯特伍德国家公园拍照的经历。
161．句意：它以其迷人的景色和多种动物，尤其是熊而闻名。此处是be well-knwn fr“以……而闻名”，故填fr。
162．句意：这是我最喜欢拍照的地方之一。ne f后用名词复数形式，故填places。
163．句意：鸟儿飞过宁静的湖面。此处用形容词作定语修饰lake，故填peaceful。
164．句意：山上覆盖着皑皑白雪。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般过去时，所以用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是复数，故填were cvered。
165．句意：突然，我发现两个熊宝宝在远处快乐地追逐着对方。此处用副词修饰动词短语，故填happily。
166．句意：它们在阳光下玩得很开心。in the sun“在阳光下”，固定短语，故填the。
167．句意：我真的希望用我的相机捕捉到温暖的场景，我做到了。hpe t d sth“希望做某事”，故填t catch。
168．句意：过了一会儿，我听到熊妈妈的一声大吼。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填heard。
169．句意：两只熊宝宝迅速站起来，跑回森林。前后动作构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
170．句意：这张照片总是提醒我，真正的美是大自然中的“自然”。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填me。
（2024·山东东营·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空 (必要时可加情态动词或助动词)。
While I was ging thrugh the frest. I fell n the grund. Ouch! That hurt. Then a vice said, “Are yu l right? Yu 171 badly ________ (nt hurt), are yu?”
I lked up and saw a by f my age. “N, I’m OK, Thanks.” He helped me up.
“I haven’t seen yu at schl. D yu live near here?” I asked.
“N. I’m frm Manchester,” with these wrds, the by hurried away.
Back hme, Mum 172 (watch) the news.
“Hi, Grace 173 yu ________ (hear) abut this by, Mark?” she asked.
“N. What by?” I said.
“A by frm Manchester. He’s run away frm hme. Lk! This is his dad.”
There was a man n TV sitting next t a pliceman. He was crying. Then they shwed a pht f the missing by. It was the by in the frest!
“Shuld I tell mum? N. I 174 (nt say) anything. I have t talk t Mark first.” I said t myself.
The next day, I fund Mark in the frest. I said, “Yur dad was n TV last night. The plice 175 (lk) fr yu.”
He lked shcked and asked, “Have yu tld them?”
“N.” I said, “I wanted 176 (talk) t yu first. Why have yu run away?”
He said sadly. “I argued with my dad. My mum died fur years ag. Recently, my dad met a wman named Mel. Mel wants my dad fr herself and isn’t interested in me. That night, Father 177 (tell) me that we wuld all mve t Lndn because Mel’s frm Lndn. But my grandpa and my friends 178 (be) in Manchester. I dn’t want t mve there. We bth gt angry. S I left in the midnight.”
I felt srry fr Mark. But when I thught f his dad crying n TV. I am srry fr him t. “What 179 yu ________ (d)?” I asked.
“I dn’t knw.” he replied.
“Why nt live with yur grandpa in Manchester? Let yur dad and Mel 180 (mve) t Lndn and visit them in the hlidays.”
Mark didn’t answer fr a while. then he ndded and smiled. “Can I use yur phne? I need t call my dad.”
【答案】
171．aren’t；hurt 172．was watching 173．Have；heard 174．mustn’t say 175．are lking 176．t talk 177．tld 178．are 179．are；ging t d 180．mve
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者在森林中遇到了Mark，他因为与父亲争吵而离家出走，Mark的父亲在电视上寻找他，作者在得知后决定先和Mark谈谈，最后，作者给了Mark一些建议。
171．句意：你没有受重伤，是吗？根据“are yu”可知陈述部分用be动词are，和nt缩写成aren’t，作表语用形容词hurt“受伤的”。故填aren’t；hurt。
172．句意：妈妈在看新闻。根据“Back hme”可知回到家的时候，妈妈正在看新闻，用过去进行时，主语是Mum，be动词用was。故填was watching。
173．句意：你听说过这个男孩吗？此处表示过去的动作对现在的影响，用现在完成时，主语是yu，助动词用have，变疑问句时，把助动词have放主语之前，动词用过去分词heard。故填have；heard。
174．句意：我什么都不能说。根据“I have t talk t Mark first.”可知要先找Mark谈谈，所以什么都不能说，mustn’t“不能，禁止”，情态动词后加动词原形。故填mustn’t say。
175．句意：警察正在找你。根据“The yu”可知此处强调警察正在寻找，直接引语中用现在进行时，此处主语the plice指代复数，be动词用are。故填are lking。
176．句意：我想先和你谈谈。want t d sth.“想要做某事”。故填t talk。
177．句意：那天晚上，爸爸告诉我，我们都要搬到伦敦，因为梅尔来自伦敦。根据“That night”可知句子用过去时，动词用过去式tld“告诉”。故填tld。
178．句意：但我爷爷和我的朋友都在曼彻斯特。此处描述客观事实，用一般现在时，主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are。
179．句意：你打算怎么办？根据“”可知此处询问他打算怎么办，直接引语中用一般将来时be ging t d，主语是yu，be动词用are，变疑问句时把be动词are放主语之前。故填are；ging t d。
180．句意：让你爸爸和梅尔搬到伦敦。let sb. d sth.“让某人做某事”。故填mve。
（2024·内蒙古包头·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Students in the French cities f Paris and Lyn recently gt the chance t take part in traditinal Chinese cultural and sprts events hsted by East China Nrmal University.
The events were held frm Thursday 181 Mnday. On Thursday, students frm five French middle schls 182 (experience) calligraphy (书法) and seal carving (篆刻) under the instructin f prfessrs and students frm China. It was 183 first time that they were prvided in thse French schls.
Trystn Beck, a 12-year-ld middle schl student frm Lyn, was 184 (satisfy) with his wrk in carving the Chinese character (文字) zhng, r middle. “The teachers frm China tld me 185 it meant. It was a very cl and fun experience,” he said.
A friendly badmintn match was held n Sunday between a team f students led by Wang Yihan, wh came 186 (tw) at the Lndn 2012 Olympic Games, and student athletes frm Lyn.
“The match allwed Chinese and French yuths 187 (imprve) their cmpetitive skills, friendship, and sw the seeds fr future cperatin between the tw sides,” said by a French fficer.
T shw Chinese kung fu and tai chi, teachers and students frm the university als went t three schls in Lyn. Sme lcal peple had chances t experience it themselves.
“The mvements in tai chi may be practiced very 188 (slw), but they are very 189 (create) and artistic,” anther French fficer said. “It’s a lvely beginning. I believe such activities will help mre French 190 (teenager) imprve their understanding f Chinese culture,” he said.
【答案】
t 182．experienced 183．the 184．satisfied 185．what
186．secnd 187．t imprve 188．slwly 189．creative 190．teenagers
【导语】本文是一篇新闻类阅读，文章介绍了法国巴黎和里昂的学生参加了由华东师范大学主办的中国传统文化和体育活动。该活动帮助法国青少年提高了对中国文化的了解。
181．句意：活动从周四持续到周一。frm…t…“从……到……”。故填t。
182．句意：周四，来自法国五所中学的学生在来自中国的教授和学生的指导下体验了书法和篆刻。experience“体验，经验”，名词/动词。事情发生在过去，时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填experienced。
183．句意：这是这些法国学校第一次提供这些课程。序数词first前加定冠词the，the first time“第一次”。故填the。
184．句意：来自里昂的12岁中学生Trystn Beck对自己雕刻的“中”字很满意。be satisfied with“对……满意”，形容词短语。故填satisfied。
185．句意：来自中国的老师告诉我这是什么意思。分析句子可知，tld后接宾语从句。从句中缺少宾语，指“中”字是什么意思，故用what引导宾语从句。故填what。
186．句意：上周日，一场羽毛球友谊赛在2012年伦敦奥运会亚军王仪涵率领的学生队和来自里昂的学生运动员之间举行。tw“二”，基数词。此处指第二名，应用序数词secnd“第二”。故填secnd。
187．句意：这场比赛让中法两国年轻人提高了竞技技能，增进了友谊，为双方未来的合作播下了种子。imprve“提高”，动词。allw sb. t d sth.“允许某人做某事”，不定式作宾补。故填t imprve。
188．句意：太极拳的动作可能练习得很慢，但它们非常有创造力和艺术性。slw“慢的”，形容词。此处应用副词slwly修饰动词practice。故填slwly。
189．句意：太极拳的动作可能练习得很慢，但它们非常有创造力和艺术性。create“创造”，动词。此处应用其形容词creative“有创造性的”作表语。故填creative。
190．句意：我相信这样的活动将帮助更多的法国青少年提高他们对中国文化的了解。teenager“青少年”，可数名词，被mre修饰，用其复数形式。故填teenagers。
（2024·山东临沂·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Hi Alice,
Hw are yu? I want t tell yu abut my trip t the city space museum tw days ag. I have never been there befre, s I was 191 (excite)! I was taking care f my little sister and she was bred s I said, “We are ging n an 192 (usual) experience!”
When we arrived, we started t explre (探索). The space museum is very large and full f interesting and exciting bjects 193 (tuch). The first rm yu enter lks like deep space. There is infrmatin abut different planets with a quiz (知识竞赛) at the end. The 194 (win) has a chance t invent a name fr a planet—that’s exciting, isn’t it? The 195 (tw) rm lks like the inside f a spaceship. Yu can tuch an astrnaut’s spacesuit (宇航服). It lks really heavy! I dn’t knw hw an astrnaut can wear it. It lks a little ld. I dn’t knw when it 196 (make), either. And yu can see where the astrnauts prepare their fd. Did yu knw they use a knife, frk and spn t eat? I didn’t. I thught it was all in bags.
We were lking at the ven frm the spaceship when my sister 197 (tell) me she was hungry. S we went t have a snack. They were preparing a pizza (比萨饼) in the restaurant and the smell f fd always makes me hungry s we had a piece f pizza! It was delicius. While we 198 (eat) a pizza, they were baking (烘焙) biscuits, s we ate sme. Dn’t wrry! We have bught sme 199 yu—yu will lve them! They lk like rckets and taste like hney!
After lunch, we explred mre f the museum 200 stayed fr the rest f the day. They were turning ff the lights when we left!
Have yu ever been t a museum? See yu sn!
Helen
【答案】
191．excited 192．unusual 193．t tuch 194．winner 195．secnd 196．was made 197．tld 198．were eating 199．fr 200．and
【导语】本文是一篇应用文，海伦向爱丽丝介绍了自己前两天去城市航天博物馆的经历。
191．句意：我以前从来没有去过那里，所以我很兴奋！excite“使兴奋”，动词。此处应用形容词excited“兴奋的”，作表语，修饰人。故填excited。
192．句意：我们要去经历一次不同寻常的经历！usual“通常的”，形容词。结合空前冠词an及文章内容可知，此处指一次不寻常的经历。unusual“不寻常的”，作定语修饰名词。故填unusual。
193．句意：太空博物馆非常大，充满了有趣和令人兴奋的可以触摸的物体。tuch“触摸”，动词。此处应用动词不定式作后置定语修饰名词bjects，指可以触摸的物体。故填t tuch。
194．句意：获胜者有机会为一颗行星发明一个名字——这很令人兴奋，不是吗？win“赢得”，动词。此处缺少主语，应用名词形式winner“获胜者”，结合“has”可知，用单数形式。故填winner。
195．句意：第二个房间看起来像宇宙飞船的内部。tw“二”，基数词。rm是单数，此处指第二个房间，应用序数词secnd表顺序。故填secnd。
196．句意：我也不知道它是什么时候制作的。make“制作”，动词。it指宇航服，与动词之间存在被动关系，且制作宇航服这件事发生在过去，应为一般过去时。主语it指第三人称单数，故用be动词was，make用其过去分词。故填was made。
197．句意：我们从宇宙飞船上看烤箱的时候，我妹妹告诉我她饿了。tell“告诉”，动词。此处是含when引导的时间状语从句的复合句，从句动作发生时，主句动作正在进行，指妹妹说她饿了的时候，我们正在……。主句是过去进行时，从句应为一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填tld。
198．句意：当我们吃披萨的时候，他们在烤饼干，所以我们吃了一些。eat“吃”，动词。此处是含while引导的时间状语从句的复合句，从句是过去进行时，结构是was/were ding，主语是复数，be动词用were。故填were eating。
199．句意：我们给你买了一些——你会喜欢的！此处是buy sth. fr sb.“给某人买某物”。故填fr。
200．句意：午饭后，我们探索了更多的博物馆，并在那里待了一天。“explred mre f the museum”和“stayed fr the rest f the day”之间是并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
（2024·广东深圳·中考真题）
Ole is a student frm Nrway at East China Nrmal Schl. He first visited China in 2016, and since then, he 201 (develp) a deep interest in traditinal Chinese culture. Recently, he and his team wn the Shanghai Internatinal Students Dragn Bat Race. It was the team’s 202 (six) win in a rw and his secnd time winning the first prize. “I 203 (intrduce) t the dragn bat racing in the spring f 2023. My teacher nticed my strng arms and encuraged me 204 (try) it,” said Ole. When he was asked the secret f his success, he replied, “There is n ‘I’, 205 nly ‘we’. My teammates are internatinal students cming 206 different cuntries. Befre we became the champins, we practiced rwing three times a week, trying t match the strkes with drumbeat.
At first, we weren’t very gd. We did nt knw 207 the prblem lay. Hwever, with cntinuus effrt, we learned that teamwrk is the key. Althugh we are culturally different, we are ne team in the race. Befre each race, the team wuld stand in 208 circle and cheer ludly. “Taking part in this sprt, we realized the 209 (imprtant) f cperatin. We trained hard, each strke bringing us a clser t understanding the traditin f Dragn Bat Festival,” said Ole 210 (prud).
【答案】
201．has develped 202．sixth 203．was intrduced 204．t try 205．but 206．frm 207．where 208．a 209．imprtance 210．prudly
【导语】本文主要讲述了留学生Ole参加中国的龙舟赛的经历。
201．句意：他于2016年首次来到中国，从那时起，他就对中国的传统文化产生了浓厚的兴趣。根据“since then”可知，句子应用现在完成时，主语为he，助动词用has。故填has develped。
202．句意：这是该队连续第六次获胜，也是他第二次获得冠军。根据“the team’s…win in a rw”可知，此处应用序数词表示顺序。故填sixth。
203．句意：2023年春天，我开始接触龙舟比赛。根据“in the spring f 2023”可知，句子应用一般过去时，主语I与动词intrduce存在被动关系，句子应用一般过去时的被动语态，be动词应用was。故填was intrduced。
204．句意：我的老师注意到我结实的双臂，鼓励我去尝试它。encurage sb t d sth“鼓励某人做某事”。故填t try。
205．句意：没有“我”，只有“我们”。空格前后存在转折关系，根据“n”可知用“n…but…”表示“不是……而是……”，因此用but连接。故填but。
206．句意：我的队员们都是来自不同国家的国际学生。cme frm“来自”。故填frm。
207．句意：我们不知道问题在哪里。knw后接宾语从句，从句中主谓为the prblem lay，缺少地点状语，因此用where引导该宾语从句。故填where。
208．句意：每次比赛前，整个团队会站成一个圆圈，大声地鼓劲。结合语境可知，此处表示泛指，circle为单数名词，且为辅音音素开头的单词，其前用不定冠词a表泛指。故填a。
209．句意：参加这项运动，我们意识到了合作的重要性。定冠词the后接名词。故填imprtance。
210．句意：Ole骄傲地说道：“参加这项运动，我们意识到了合作的重要性。我们刻苦训练，每一次划桨都让我们更加了解端午节的传统。”此处应用副词prudly修饰动词said。故填prudly。
（2024·山东烟台·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mncakes are ne f the mst ppular fds during the Mid-Autumn Festival. But let’s be hnest: nt many f us really like t eat them, mainly 211 they are made in factries and ften several mnths ld by the time they 212 (buy). Nw here’s the thing: hmemade mncakes. They’re amazing, whether yu’re eating them 213 (yu) r giving them t yur friends as gifts. Yes, they require a lt f effrt, but they’re wrth it.
214 (prduce) mncakes, yu’ll need a mld (模具). Mlds are available in different sizes and depths. I usually use a traditinal large 215 (wd) mld. But a plastic mld in a similar size will d just line.
Befre cking, I prepare several kinds f ingredients (原料) and make them int balls separately. The key t 216 (make) prper mncakes is t gather each ball in layers (层). In my way, the middle ball is made f nut (坚果) pieces. The 217 (tw) layer is made f mashed red bean mixed with sugar, which is lastly cvered with a layer f pastry (油酥面团). It is then pressed int a mld and carefully taken ut int the ven.
It’s imprtant t fllw the cking 218 (instructin) carefully. T prevent breaking up, I first ck mncakes 219 a high temperature t set the pattern and shape. Then, I lwer the temperature and remve them 220 (regular) t brush the surface with egg wash.
Just lk at my mncakes! Nt bad. right?
【答案】
211．because 212．are bught 213．yurself 214．T prduce 215．wden 216．making 217．secnd 218．instructin 219．at 220．regularly
【导语】本文主要是作者介绍了制作月饼的方法。
211．句意：但说实话：我们中没有多少人真的喜欢吃它们，主要是因为它们是在工厂里制作的，通常在买的时候已经放了好几个月了。根据“they are made in factries and ften several mnths ld by the time they”可知，空格后是解释没有多少人喜欢月饼的原因，故填because。
212．句意：但说实话：我们中没有多少人真的喜欢吃它们，主要是因为它们是在工厂里制作的，通常在买的时候已经放了好几个月了。空格前they指代“月饼”，与动词buy之间是被动关系，此句是一般现在时，应填一般现在时被动语态，根据they可知，助动词用are，故填are bught。
213．句意：无论你是自己吃还是作为礼物送给朋友，它们都很神奇。当宾语与主语为同一人称时，宾语用反身代词，此处是“无论你自己吃”，故填yurself。
214．句意：制作月饼，你需要一个模具。根据“mncakes, yu’ll need a mld”可知，需要模具的目的是为了制作月饼，用动词不定式作目的状语，故填T prduce。
215．句意：我通常使用传统的大型木制模具。此空修饰名词mld，应填形容词wden“木制的”作定语，故填wden。
216．句意：制作月饼的关键是把每个圆都叠起来。t是介词，后接动名词，故填making。
217．句意：第二层是由红豆泥和糖混合而成，最后覆盖一层糕点。根据“The…layer”可知，此处指第二层，应填序数词表示顺序，故填secnd。
218．句意：认真按照烹饪说明去做很重要。instructin“说明”，可数名词，此空应填其复数形式，故填instructins。
219．句意：为了防止破裂，我首先在高温下做月饼，以确定图案和形状。at a high temperature“在高温下”，故填at。
220．句意：然后，我降低温度，定时取出它们，用蛋液刷表面。此空修饰动词remve，应填副词regularly“有规律地”，故填regularly。
（2024·贵州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Lenard da Vinci began painting the Mna Lisa, ne f the mst famus paintings f all time, in 1503. He was wrking n a special painting fr a church at the time, but it was nt ging 221 (gd). The wman wh can be seen in the Mna Lisa is said t be Madnna Lisa del Gicnd. She was the wife f an Italian businessman. Her husband asked da Vinci 222 (paint) a prtrait (肖像) f her.
After da Vinci finished the painting in 1506, he was invited by the French King t visit France 223 he tk the painting with him. Tday the Mna Lisa is kept in the Luvre, an art museum in Paris, and it is seen by abut six millin 224 (visit) a year.
The painting measures (测量为) nly 77 centimeters by 53 centimeters and is painted 225 il n wd. In 1911, Vincenz Peruggia, a wrker at the Luvre, stle the painting. He tk it ut f the museum by hiding it under 226 (he) cat. Tw years later, plice fficers fund 227 painting when he tried t sell it.
In 1962, the Mna Lisa was 228 (take) t Washingtn and New Yrk fr artwrk shws. Fr the jurney, the museum 229 (want) t insure (给……投保) the painting. The insurance cmpany set the value f it at 100 millin dllars, making it the mst 230 (value) painting ever! Tday, the value f the painting wuld be ver 700 millin dllars.
【答案】
221．well 222．t paint 223．and 224．visitrs 225．with 226．his 227．the 228．taken 229．wanted 230．valuable
【导语】本文主要以达·芬奇所画的《蒙娜丽莎》为主线，讲述了《蒙娜丽莎》的创作原形，以及它出名后展览于卢浮宫，经历了被人盗走又寻回，直至变为现在最有价值的油画。
221．句意：当时他正在为一座教堂画一幅特别的画，但进展并不顺利。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填well。
222．句意：她的丈夫请达·芬奇为她画一幅肖像。ask sb t d sth“请求某人做某事”，故填t paint。
223．句意：达芬奇在1506年完成这幅画后，应法国国王的邀请访问法国，并随身带着这幅画。前后两句构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
224．句意：今天，《蒙娜丽莎》被保存在巴黎的卢浮宫艺术博物馆，每年约有600万游客参观。根据“and it is seen by abut six year”可知，每年约有600万游客参观《蒙娜丽莎》visitr“游客”，“six millin”修饰可数名词复数，故填visitrs。
225．句意：这幅画的尺寸只有77厘米乘53厘米，是在木头上用油绘制的。根据“is n wd.”可知，用油绘制，with“用”符合语境，故填with。
226．句意：他把它藏在外套下面，把它带出了博物馆。此处作定语修饰cat，用形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
227．句意：两年后，当他试图卖掉这幅画时，警察发现了这幅画。此处特指这幅画，用定冠词the，故填the。
228．句意：1962年，《蒙娜丽莎》被带到华盛顿和纽约参加艺术展。根据“In 1962, the Mna Lisa Washingtn and New Yrk fr artwrk shws.”可知，《蒙娜丽莎》被带到华盛顿和纽约参加艺术展，此处与was构成被动语态，用动词过去分词taken，故填taken。
229．句意：为了这次旅行，博物馆想为这幅画投保。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填wanted。
230．句意：保险公司将它的价值定为1亿美元，使它成为有史以来最有价值的画作！此处与“the mst...”构成形容词最高级，用valuable“有价值的”，故填valuable。
（2024·四川乐山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填写1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
I can still remember my primary schl hmewrk n animals. I decided 231 (write) abut the whale (鲸鱼). I have lved them frm a yung age.
I’m nt quite sure why I lve them. It might be smething abut 232 (they) shape. They have a smth shape, and their tails lk like a heart. They als mve s 233 (slw) and beautifully, like a tree dancing in the wind. This way, they seem very clever.
S, f curse, ne f my best memries 234 (be) when I gt t see a type f whale called the Suthern Right Whale in Argentina. Watching them mving smthly in the water, I felt 235 (happy) than ever. They were s beautiful!
And I’m nt the nly ne wh lves whales. Different peples acrss the wrld have a special place fr whales in their 236 (heart). Take the Mari peple in New Zealand as 237 example. Living by the cean, they see whales as guardians (守护者) f the cean and talk abut them a lt in their 238 (traditin) stries.
Why was I interested in whales like the Mari peple? 239 they need ur prtectin. That’s what my schl hmewrk was abut— animals we need t prtect. Whales play a big rle 240 the cean. S, prtecting whales means prtecting the whle cean.
【答案】
231．t write 232．their 233．slwly 234．was 235．happier 236．hearts 237．an 238．traditinal 239．Because 240．in
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者小学时写了关于鲸鱼的作业情况。
231．句意：我决定写有关鲸鱼的事情。decide t d sth“决定做某事”，为固定短语。故填t write。
232．句意：可能和它们的形状有关。空后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词their作定语。故填their。
233．句意：它们移动得又慢又美，就像一棵树在风中翩翩起舞。空处修饰动词，应用副词。故填slwly。
234．句意：所以，当然，我最美好的回忆之一是我在阿根廷看到了一种叫做南露脊鲸的鲸鱼。根据“gt”可知，本句是一般过去时，ne作主语，谓语动词用单数was。故填was。
235．句意：看着它们在水里平稳地移动，我感到前所未有的快乐。根据“than”可知，此处应用比较级。故填happier。
236．句意：世界上不同的民族在他们的心中对鲸鱼有着特殊的地位。根据“their”可知，名词应用复数。故填hearts。
237．句意：以新西兰的毛利人为例。此处表示泛指，example以元音音素开头，应用an。故填an。
238．句意：他们生活在海边，把鲸鱼视为海洋的守护者，在他们的传统故事中经常谈论鲸鱼。空处修饰名词stries，应用形容词traditinal“传统的”。故填traditinal。
239．句意：因为它们需要我们的保护。根据前句“Why...”可知，应用because回答原因。故填Because。
240．句意：鲸鱼在海洋中扮演着重要的角色。play a rle in“扮演……角色”。故填in。
(2023中考真题）
（2023·青海·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个恰当的单词或用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
【答案】
elephants 2．the 3．was 4．Why 5．hurt
6．thinking 7．at 8．quickly 9．wear 10．angry
【导语】本文向我们介绍亚洲象的相关内容，并告诉我们遇到大象应该怎么做。
1．句意：今年2月，有一个关于云南亚洲象的视频，两头大象在争夺食物。tw修饰可数名词复数，故填elephants。
2．句意：到2022年底，野生亚洲象的数量超过了300头。by the end f...“到……为止”，故填the。
3．句意：到2022年底，野生亚洲象的数量超过了300头。本句主语中心词是“the number f”，强调整体数量，时态是一般过去时，故填was。
4．句意：他们为什么这样做呢？根据“Because they needed mre space and fd.”可知，此处在回答原因，用Why提问，故填Why。
5．句意：有时，大象会受到惊吓，伤害人类。根据“were”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，hurt的过去式还是hurt。故填hurt。
6．句意：因此，当地政府正在考虑一些聪明的方法来与这些可爱但淘气的动物相处。根据“S the lcal gvernment sme smart ways t get alng with the cute but naughty animals.”可知，动作正在发生，时态是现在进行时，动词用现在分词形式，故填thinking。
7．句意：如果你看到一些大象，要离它们至少300米远。根据“If yu see sme elephants, 300 meters away frm them.”可知，此处是at least短语，意为“至少”，故填at。
8．句意：还有，你应该尽快离开这个地方。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填quickly。
9．句意：如果你在有大象的地方，不要穿颜色鲜艳的衣服。助动词dn’t后用动词原形，故填wear。
10．句意：这样的衣服会让大象生气。make...+adj“使……”，故填angry。
（2023·山东济南·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Last March I lst my camera while I was n a schl trip. I left it n the bus n the way back t 11 (we) schl. I called the bus cmpany the next day 12 (check) if they culd find it, but it wasn’t there. My parents gt really angry and tld me they culdn’t buy me a new ne.
I 13 (knw) they were right, s I decided I wuld get ne by myself. I started thinking f ways t make and save mney. My parents 14 (usual) give me £8 every week, s the first thing I did was t keep the mney 15 the small bx n the bkcase.
I als ffered t help my uncle Alan. He’s ften away fr wrk, but he can’t 16 (take) his dg with him. I started t lk after his dg when he wasn’t at hme. After sme time, my uncle’s neighbrs saw me. They asked me if I culd help with their cats, dgs and rabbits, t. S, I started wrking fr three 17 (family) living acrss the street.
In less than three mnths I had enugh mney t buy a new camera. It was the same as the ne I had lst, but t me it was much 18 (nice). I paid fr it with 19 mney I made and it felt very different. This experience teaches me what it means t wrk hard and I 20 (learn) that yu must be careful with the things yu have, because they take a lt f hard wrk.
【答案】
ur 12．t check 13．knew 14．usually 15．in
16．take 17．families 18．nicer 19．the 20．have learned/have learnt/learn
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，作者讲述自己赚钱购买新相机的经历。
11．句意：我把它落在回学校的公交车上了。此处作定语修饰“schl”，所以用形容词性物主代词，故填ur。
12．句意：第二天，我打电话给公共汽车公司，问他们是否能找到它，但它不在那里。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填t check。
13．句意：我知道他们是对的，所以我决定自己买一个。本句时态是一般过去时，所以动词用过去式。故填knew。
14．句意：我的父母通常每周给我8英镑，所以我做的第一件事就是把钱放在书架上的小盒子里。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词usually，故填usually。
15．句意：我的父母通常每周给我8英镑，所以我做的第一件事就是把钱放在书架上的小盒子里。in the bx“在盒子里”，故填in。
16．句意：他经常出差，但他不能带着他的狗。情态动词“can’t”后用动词原形，故填take。
17．句意：于是，我开始为住在街对面的三户人家打工。three修饰可数名词复数，故填families。
18．句意：它和我失去的那个一模一样，但对我来说要好得多。much修饰比较级，强调比较含义，故填nicer。
19．句意：我用自己赚的钱买了它，感觉很不一样。此处特指自己赚的钱，故填the。
20．句意：这段经历教会了我努力工作的意义，我学会了你必须小心对待你拥有的东西，因为它们需要付出很多努力。根据“This experience teaches me what it means t wrk hard and yu must be careful with the things yu have”可知，本句可用现在完成时强调动作已经发生，或用一般现在时强调现在，主语是I，助动词是have，动词用原形。故填have learned/have learnt/learn。
（2023·山东东营·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空 (必要时可加情态动词或助动词)。
“Alex! Jen! It’s time fr dinner!” Mm called.
“Mm! We 21 (make) a treehuse! Wait a minute!” Alex shuted.
At dinner, Dad said, “We have smething t tell yu. Our neighbr, Mr Mrris, came t ur huse 22 (talk) t us tday. He wants us t cut dwn ur tree because the leaves fall int his yard. Then he has t clean them.”
“N! That’s ur favrite tree. I 23 (lve) it ever since I was just a little baby!” Jen cried.
“Yeah, and the tree is ld and beautiful. It helps keep ur air clean. It als 24 (give) us shade (树荫) frm the sun,” Alex said.
Everybdy had special memries f the tree. They all shared their favrite nes.
“One f my favrite memries is hw excited yu were when the leaves began t fall,” said Mm. “We 25 (jump) int the huge piles (堆) f clrful leaves every autumn,” said Alex. Jen ndded.
“I remember the time we had a picnic fr the whle neighbrhd,” said Dad. “It was s nice.”
“It’s brught us all s many great memries. Smething must be dne.” Mm said.
“Yes,” said Jen. “We 26 (save) ur tree!”
After dinner the whle family discussed what t d.
“I have a gd idea!” said Alex. “I can make a chart shwing him when leaves fall. And we can prmise him that we 27 (help) clean the leaves in the future!”
Everyne agreed. The next day, the whle family went t visit Mr Mrris. At that time, he 28 (clean) the yard.
“Mr Mrris, this tree is very special t ur family. If we ffer t help clean its leaves, wuld yu cnsider 29 (keep) it?” Dad said.
Alex handed Mr Mrris his chart. Mr Mrris was quiet fr a mment. Then he said, “I guess if the tree is that imprtant t yu all, and I can get sme help with cleaning, the tree can stay.”
The tree 30 (save)! Everyne in the neighbrhd, even Mr Mrris, came t celebrate.
【答案】
are making 22．t talk 23．have lved 24．gives 25．jumped
26．must save 27．will help 28．was cleaning 29．keeping 30．was saved
【导语】本文主要讲述了邻居来抱怨作者家里的大树上的落叶让邻居很苦恼，所以建议要砍掉这棵大树。家人们在回忆了这棵大树带来的好处之后，决定要保留这棵大树。于是去跟邻居商量，帮忙打扫他家院子里的落叶，最终邻居同意了。
21．句意：我们正在做一个树屋。根据“Wait a minute”可知，正在做树屋，所以说等一会，用现在进行时表示正在进行的动作，主语we是复数形式，助动词用are，故填are making。
22．句意：我们的邻居莫里斯先生今天来我们家和我们谈话。根据“came t ur huse… t us”可知，来家里的目的是谈话，所以用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t talk。
23．句意：从我还是个小婴儿的时候我就喜欢它了！该句是“since+一般过去时”的从句，主句用现在完成时结构“have/has dne”，主语I是第一人称，助动词用have，故填have lved。
24．句意：它也给我们遮阳。根据前一句的“helps”可知，此句用一般现在时，主语It是第三人称单数形式，动词用三单，故填gives。
25．句意：每年秋天，我们都会跳进一大堆五颜六色的树叶中。根据“were”以及“began”可知，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填jumped。
26．句意：我们必须要保留我们的树！根据前文的描述可知，家里的每一位成员都发表了这棵大树给自己留下的美好的回忆，所以这里是说必须要把这棵树保留下来，must“必须”，后接动词原形，故填must save。
27．句意：我们可以向他保证，以后我们会帮助清理树叶！根据“in the future”可知，此处用一般将来时will d的结构，故填will help。
28．句意：那时，他正在打扫院子。根据“At that time”可知，此处用过去进行时“was/were ding”的结构，主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用was，故填was cleaning。
29．句意：如果我们愿意帮忙清理它的叶子，你会考虑留下它吗？cnsider ding sth“考虑做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填keeping。
30．句意：这棵树被保留下来了！主语“The tree”与动词save之间是被动关系，结合后一句“came”可知，此处用一般过去时被动语态“was/were dne”，主语是单数形式，助动词用was，故填was saved。
（2023·江苏徐州·中考真题）
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
Frederic Chpin （1810-1849）was a great cmpser and an excellent pianist. He cmpsed twenty-fur shrt 31 (piece) fr the pian called preludes. The lngest ne, Prelude n.15, is better 32 (knw) by its nickname, the “Raindrp” Prelude. Hw did it get its nickname?
One day in 1838, when Chpin’s lver Gerge Sand went ut in a rainstrm, Chpin became wrried. While he 33 (wait) fr Sand, he wrte Prelude n.15.
When Sand came back, Chpin played 34 (she) the music. Sand thught the ntes sunded like raindrps. She let Chpin 35 (listen) t the raindrps falling n the rf. This made Chpin 36 (happy). He insisted that he never paid attentin t thse sunds r 37 (cpy) them.
Hwever, like Sand, many peple hear raindrps in this prelude. Sme ntes repeating thrughut the piece sund like raindrps. The flw f the music is like rain, t. The piece starts 38 (sft), but it gets luder, like rain getting 39 (heavy). Then the music gets quiet and finally 40 (end), like rain when it stps.
【答案】
pieces 32．knwn 33．was waiting 34．her 35．listen
36．unhappy 37．cpied 38．sftly 39．heavier 40．ends
【导语】本文介绍了肖邦创作《雨滴前奏曲》的经历及《雨滴前奏曲》的特点。
31．句意：他为钢琴创作了二十四首名为前奏曲的短曲。piece“一首”，可数名词，被twenty-fur修饰，用其复数形式。故填pieces。
32．句意：最长的一首，《第15号前奏曲》，更为人所知的是它的昵称，《“雨滴”前奏曲》。knw“知道”，动词，此处指它的昵称被人们所知道，应为被动语态，结构是be dne，knw用其过去分词。故填knwn。
33．句意：在等待Sand的时候，他写了《第十五号前奏曲》。wait“等待”，动词。此处是含while引导的时间状语从句的复合句，主句动作发生时，从句动作正在进行，且事情发生在过去，故从句应为过去进行时，主语是第三人称单数，应用be动词was。故填was waiting。
34．句意：Sand回来后，肖邦为她演奏了乐曲。she“她”，代词主格。played是动词，其后应接代词宾格her作宾语。故填her。
35．句意：她让肖邦倾听雨点落在屋顶上的声音。listen“听”，动词。let sb. d sth.“让某人做某事”，空格处应为动词原形。故填listen。
36．句意：这让肖邦很不高兴。happy“开心的”，形容词。根据“He insisted that he never paid attentin t thse sunds…”可知，肖邦的钢琴曲与雨滴声极为相似，肖邦以为Sand认为自己的曲子模仿了雨滴声，所以很不高兴。unhappy“不高兴的”，作宾补。故填unhappy。
37．句意：他坚持说他从来没有注意过这些声音，也没有模仿过它们。cpy“模仿”，动词。根据“He insisted that he never paid attentin t…”可知，主句是过去时，从句也应为过去时，故cpy用其过去式。故填cpied。
38．句意：乐曲开始时很轻柔，但声音越来越大，就像雨越来越大。sft“柔软的”，形容词。此处应用副词sftly，修饰动词starts。故填sftly。
39．句意：乐曲开始时很轻柔，但声音越来越大，就像雨越来越大。heavy“重的”，形容词，作表语。根据“but it gets luder, like rain getting…”可知，钢琴曲的声音变大，就像雨声越来越大一样，故应用比较级。故填heavier。
40．句意：然后音乐安静下来，最后结束了，就像雨停了一样。end“结束”，动词。此处描述客观事实，应为一般现在时，主语是不可数名词，谓语动词用其单三形式。故填ends。
（2023·湖北恩施·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式（不超过3词）。
The Duanwu Festival is als called the Dragn Bat Festival. It is a traditinal hliday with a histry f mre than 2,000 years in China. It is n the 41 (five) day f lunar May every year.
There are many 42 (stry) abut the rigin (起源) f this festival. Amng them, the fllwing ne abut Qu Yuan is the mst 43 (wide) accepted.
Qu Yuan was 44 great pet and gd fficial. He lved his cuntry deeply. He 45 (jump) int Milu River after his cuntry’s being defeated. Peple threw a kind f fd named zngzi int the river t feed the fish in rder that they wuldn’t eat Qu’s bdy.
Nw n the Dragn Bat Festival, Chinese peple enjy a ne-day hliday 46 (remember) Qu Yuan. Peple have different activities, including 47 (eat) zngzi and having dragn bat races and s n. The dragn bat races are the mst 48 (excite) part f the festival. All the teams practice s hard 49 they can becme the winners.
Many western cuntries 50 (hld) dragn bat races every year, like Sweden, Canada and the USA．The Duanwu Festival is becming mre and mre ppular arund the wrld.
【答案】
fifth 42．stries 43．widely 44．a 45．jumped
46．t remember 47．eating 48．exciting 49．that 50．hld
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了端午节的由来及传统习俗。
41．句意：它在每年的农历五月初五。five“五”，基数词，此处表日期，应用其序数词fifth。故填fifth。
42．句意：关于这个节日的起源有很多故事。stry“故事”，可数名词，被many修饰，用其复数形式。故填stries。
43．句意：其中，以下关于屈原的说法是最被广泛接受的。wide“宽的”，形容词，此处应用其副词widely“广泛地”，修饰动词accept。故填widely。
44．句意：屈原是一位伟大的诗人和优秀的官员。此处泛指一位伟大的诗人，且great以辅音音素开头，其前应加不定冠词a。故填a。
45．句意：他的国家战败后，他跳进汨罗江。jump“跳”，动词。事情发生在过去，应为一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填jumped。
46．句意：现在端午节，中国人享受一天的假期来纪念屈原。remember“记得”，动词。人们端午节放一天假的目的是为了纪念屈原，应用不定式表目的。故填t remember。
47．句意：人们有不同的活动，包括吃粽子和赛龙舟等等。eat“吃”，动词。including是介词，其后应用动名词作宾语。故填eating。
48．句意：赛龙舟是这个节日中最令人兴奋的部分。excite“使兴奋”，动词。此处修饰龙舟赛，应用形容词exciting“令人兴奋的”作表语。故填exciting。
49．句意：所有的球队都努力训练，他们可以成为胜利者。本句是句式s…that…，意为“如此……以至于……”。故填that。
50．句意：许多西方国家每年都举办龙舟赛，如瑞典、加拿大和美国。hld“举办”，动词。根据“every year”可知，本句是一般现在时，主语是复数，谓语动词用其原形。故填hld。
（2023·江苏宿迁·统考中考真题）
根据短文内容，用括号内所给词的正确时态或形式填空，使短文完整。
Deng Qingming is ne f the three Chinese astrnauts carrying ut China’s Shenzhu-15 spaceship missin. He 51 (final) gt the chance t g t space after nearly 25 years f preparatin.
Deng was brn in a village in Jiangxi Prvince in 1966. As his 52 (parent) bth wrked in the fields, he had t lk after his yunger brthers and sisters. At that time, his dream was t g t cllege and find a jb 53 (supprt) his family.
Deng 54 (be) a member f the PLA Air Frce (空军) since 1984. When he left his village that year, his friends came t say gdbye t him. He was deeply tuched and decided t wrk hard. Years f hard 55 (train) made him an excellent pilt, and he was chsen as ne f the 56 (ne) grup f Chinese astrnauts in 1998.
Fr a lng time, Deng served as a backup (后备) astrnaut. His rad t space was 57 (lng) than that f his teammates. He spent almst all f his time preparing and waiting and he 58 (give) the chance t travel t space in the end.
Besides that, Deng’s wife supprted him a lt. She 59 (take) care f the whle family and never cmplained. “Yu’ve set an example t 60 (we) daughter and we are prud f yu,” she tld him.
After a lng wait, he flew int space by Shenzhu-15 spaceship in Nvember 2022 at last. Twenty-five years was quite a lng time, but Deng never gave up. Whenever the natin needs him, he is always waiting there, ready t take n any challenge.
【答案】
finally 52．parents 53．t supprt 54．has been 55．training
56．first 57．lnger 58．was given 59．tk 60．ur
【导语】句意：本文主要介绍了宇航员邓清明的经历。
51．句意：经过近25年的准备，他终于有机会进入太空。此处用副词修饰动词，final的副词形式finally，意为“最终”。故填finally。
52．句意：由于他的父母都在地里干活，他不得不照顾弟弟妹妹。根据“bth”可知此处用复数形式parents。故填parents。
53．句意：那时，他的梦想是上大学，找份工作养家。养家是找工作的目的，用动词不定式作目的状语。故填t supprt。
54．句意：邓自1984年以来一直是中国人民解放军空军的一员。根据“since 1984”可知用现在完成时，区域“Deng”后接助动词has，be的过去分词形式been。故填has been。
55．句意：多年的艰苦训练使他成为一名优秀的飞行员，并于1998年被选为中国首批宇航员之一。hard是形容词，其后接名词，train的名词形式training，意为“训练”，不可数名词。故填training。
56．句意：多年的艰苦训练使他成为一名优秀的飞行员，并于1998年被选为中国首批宇航员之一。定冠词the后接ne的序数词形式first，意为“第一”。故填first。
57．句意：他的太空之路比他的队友要长。than前用形容词比较级lnger表示“更长的”。故填lnger。
58．句意：他几乎把所有的时间都花在准备和等待上，最终他得到了去太空旅行的机会。主语“he”与动词give之间是动宾关系，结合“spent”可知用一般过去时的被动语态，其结构为was/were dne，主语he后用be动词was，give的过去分词given。故填was given。
59．句意：她照顾全家，从不抱怨。根据“cmplained”可知用一般过去时，take的过去式tk。故填tk。
60．句意：“你为我们的女儿树立了榜样，我们为你感到骄傲，”她告诉他。daughter前用we的形容词性物主代词ur表示“我们的”。故填ur。
（2023·浙江衢州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面材料，按照句子结构的语法情况和上下文连贯的要求，在空白处填入适当的词或用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空。每空不超过两词。
Mr. Smith is ur schl gardener. He is 61 ld man with a head f white hair. He wrks hard 62 (make) ur schl green and lively. N matter in the winter cld r in the summer heat, he is never late 63 wrk. He ges t wrk early in the mrning and nly leaves in the evening.
Every day, he 64 (wear) a grey hat and a pair f blue trusers. He cleans the leaves in the garden three 65 (time) a day. He als plants trees and waters flwers. When he is wrking, he is very serius. He even gets angry when we try t talk t 66 (he). He is always quiet during his wrking time.
67 , he becmes a different persn after finishing all the wrk. He will talk t us abut his family and friends 68 (happy). He always puts a smile n ur faces, just like ur dear grandfather.
Mr. Smith makes ur schl 69 (beautiful) than befre and we are glad t have such a schl gardener. He 70 (lve) by everyne in ur schl.
【答案】
an 62．t make 63．fr 64．wears 65．times
66．him 67．Hwever 68．happily 69．mre beautiful 70．is lved
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者学校的园丁——史密斯先生。
61．句意：他是个白发苍苍的老人。此处表示泛指，且ld是以元音音素开头的，故填an。
62．句意：他努力工作，使我们的学校绿色和生气勃勃。“努力工作”的目的是为了“让学校变得好看”，所以用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t make。
63．句意：无论冬天寒冷还是夏天炎热，他上班从不迟到。be late fr“迟到”，固定搭配，故填fr。
64．句意：每天，他戴着一顶灰色的帽子和穿着一条蓝色的裤子。根据“Every day”可知，此句是一般现在时，主语he是第三人称单数形式，动词用三单，故填wears。
65．句意：他一天三次清理花园里的树叶。three times a day“一天三次”，表示频率，故填times。
66．句意：当我们试图和他说话时，他甚至会生气。介词t后接宾格him，故填him。
67．句意：然而，在完成所有的工作后，他变成了一个不同的人。“he becmes a different persn after finishing all the wrk”与前文是转折关系，此空后有逗号，应填副词hwever表示“然而”，故填Hwever。
68．句意：他会愉快地和我们谈论他的家人和朋友。此空修饰动词talk，应填副词happily“开心地”，故填happily。
69．句意：史密斯先生使我们的学校比以前更美丽，我们很高兴有这样的学校园丁。make sth+形容词，表示“使某物……”，根据than可知，此空应填形容词比较级，故填mre beautiful。
70．句意：他受到我们学校每个人的喜爱。根据by everyne可知，此处用被动语态，陈述事实用一般现在时，故此处应用一般现在时被动语态，主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用is，故填is lved。
（2023·吉林长春·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Zhang Yi is a Chinese reprter in Singapre. In 2022, a wman with grey hair living nearby visited him. The wman intrduced 71 (she) as Sarah. She asked if Zhang culd help lk fr her pen pal 72 was frm China.
Duan Chun was Sarah’s first Chinese pen pal. They wrte a lt f letters and shared the clrful schl lives sixty-ne years ag. All the letters 73 (keep) by Sarah. They were full 74 her sweet memries. Hwever, Sarah hadn’t received any letters frm Duan fr many years. It seemed impssible t find a persn after such a lng time, 75 Zhang prmised t d his best. He psted sme f Duan’s black-and-white 76 (pht) and their stries n the Internet. T his jy, many 77 (lve) strangers jined him in searching fr Duan. Althugh they went thrugh lts f truble, they never stpped trying. A few mnths 78 (late), the tw pen pals finally began t cmmunicate with each ther again. They were s excited that they decided 79 (meet) in China. Sarah prepared a gift fr Duan t celebrate her 80 (seventy-five) birthday.
It was with the help f s many caring peple and high technlgy that the crss-cuntry friendship was able t cntinue.
【答案】
herself 72．wh 73．were kept 74．f 75．but
76．phts 77．lvely 78．later 79．t meet 80．seventy-fifth/75th
【导语】本文主要讲莎拉让记者张怡帮忙寻找失联多年的笔友段春的故事。
71．句意：那个女人自我介绍叫莎拉。intrduce neself as“自我介绍叫”，she的反身代词herself，意为“她自己”。故填herself。
72．句意：她问张是否可以帮她寻找来自中国的笔友。根据“her pen pal ... was frm China”可知此处是定语从句，先行词her pen pal指人，且在从句中作主语，用wh引导定语从句。故填wh。
73．句意：所有的信都由莎拉保存着。主语“All the letters”与keep之间是动宾关系，陈述过去事实，用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是复数，be动词用were，keep的过去分词kept。故填were kept。
74．句意：它们充满了她甜蜜的回忆。be full f“充满”。故填f。
75．句意：经过这么长时间，似乎不可能找到一个人，但张答应尽力而为。前后句意出现转折，用but表转折。故填but。
76．句意：他在网上发布了段的一些黑白照片和他们的故事。根据“sme f”可知此处用可数名词复数phts。故填phts。
77．句意：令他高兴的是，许多可爱的陌生人和他一起寻找段。根据“strangers”可知用lve的形容词lvely表示“可爱的”，形容词作定语。故填lvely。
78．句意：几个月后，这两个笔友终于又开始联系了。a few mnths later“几个月后”。故填later。
79．句意：她们非常兴奋，决定在中国见面。decide t d sth.“决定做某事”。故填t meet。
80．句意：莎拉为段准备了一份礼物来庆祝她75岁的生日。根据“her ... birthday”可知用序数词表顺序，seventy-five的序数词seventy-fifth或75th。故填seventy-fifth/75th。
（2023·山东潍坊·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词。
“I suddenly understd,” Valeria said, “why Mari wanted t buy the farm. He and Pagani were busy 81 (wrk) tgether during this perid, I’m sure. They must have burned the farm dwn, Rbert. They culd have killed yu!”
“I can’t believe it,” Rbert said. “My wn uncle wuldn’t d that. It’s 82 (pssible).”
“But it must be true, Rbert,” Valeria said. “It’s the nly explanatin.”
In the evening, Inspectr (警官) Pavne telephned and asked t speak t Rbert. “S far yur uncle 83 (tell) us everything. He burned yur farm dwn t make yu 84 (sell) it. Pagani knew that land prices wuld g up when a big cmpany mved t the twn. Then he and yur uncle made a prject 85 (build) shps and huses n yur land s that they culd sell them fr a prfit. They wuld have becme terribly wealthy!”
Rbert culd nt speak. His wn uncle had lied t him and almst killed him.
“Yur uncle and Pagani are bth criminals (罪犯),” the inspectr said. “Yur uncle is a flish and greedy man. He gt himself int sme 86 (danger) business. They must pay fr their 87 (act).”
Rbert held the telephne 88 (quiet) with eyes full f tears.
The inspectr was right. Mari and Pagani 89 (put) int prisn sn. Rbert did nt feel happy, sad r angry abut them. He was t 90 (disappint) t feel anything.
Sme mnths passed. Rbert began t think abut the future.
【答案】
wrking 82．impssible 83．has tld 84．sell 85．t build
86．dangerus 87．actin/actins 88．quietly 89．were put 90．disappinted
【导语】本文主要讲述了Rbert无法相信自己的叔叔为了赚钱而把Rbert的农场烧了，他的叔叔和朋友因此被关进了监狱，Rbert感到非常失望。
81．句意：我敢肯定，这段时间他和帕加尼在一起很忙。be busy ding sth“忙于做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填wrking。
82．句意：那是不可能的。is后接形容词作表语，根据“I can’t believe it”及“My wn uncle wuldn’t d that”可知，认为无法相信发生这样的事情，认为这是不可能的，故填impssible。
83．句意：到目前为止，你叔叔什么都告诉我们了。根据S far可知，此处用现在完成时，主语是单数形式，助动词用has，故填has tld。
84．句意：他烧了你的农场，要你把它卖掉。make sb d sth“使某人做某事”，此空应填动词原形，故填sell。
85．句意：然后他和你叔叔做了一个计划，在你的土地上建造商店和房子，这样他们就可以卖掉它们来赚钱。根据“made a prject…shps and huses n yur land”可知，此空应填动词不定式作定语修饰名词prject，故填t build。
86．句意：他做了一件危险的事。此空修饰名词business，应填形容词dangerus“危险的”，故填dangerus。
87．句意：他们必须为自己的行为付出代价。actin“行为”，此空可以填单数形式，也可以填复数形式，故填actin(s)。
88．句意：罗伯托默默地拿着电话，眼里噙满了泪水。此空修饰动词held，应填副词quietly“静静地”，故填quietly。
89．句意：马里奥和帕加尼很快就被关进了监狱。主语与动词put之间是被动关系，and连接并列主语看作复数形式，描述过去发生的事情，助动词用were，故填were put。
90．句意：他太失望了，什么也感觉不到。was后接形容词作表语，修饰人用以ed为结尾的形容词，故填disappinted。
（2023·湖南常德·统考中考真题）
One evening, a clever man, Hajia went t get sme water. T his surprise, 91 he lked int the well, he fund the mn in it. “Oh, my gd! The beautiful mn 92 (drp) int the well!” He quickly put his bucket (水桶) int the well t fish fr the mn.
After sme time, Hajia was pleased 93 (find) that the mn was in the bucket. He began t pull. He pulled s hard that the rpe n the bucket 94 (break) and he fell n his back. Facing the sky, Hajia saw the mn again high there. “Aha, 95 finally came back t the sky! What a gd jb!” He felt very happy and tld everyne abut the wnderment prudly.
【答案】91．when 92．has drpped 93．t find 94．brke 95．it
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了一个“聪明人”用木桶捞井里的“月亮”的故事。
91．句意：令他惊讶的是，当他往井里看的时候，他发现了里面的月亮。根据“…he lked int the well, he fund the mn in it”可知，当他往井里看时，发现井里的月亮，故用when“当……时”引导时间状语从句。故填when。
92．句意：美丽的月亮掉到井里了！drp“掉”，动词。分析句子可知，月亮已经掉到井里了，所以他会发现月亮在井里，过去的动作对现在产生了影响，应为现在完成时，主语mn是第三人称单数，故用助动词has。故填has drpped。
93．句意：过了一段时间，郝佳很高兴地发现月亮在桶里。find“发现”，动词。be pleased t d sth.“高兴做某事”，故用动词不定式。故填t find。
94．句意：他用力拉得水桶上的绳子都断了，他仰面摔倒了。break“打破，断裂”，动词。根据“fell”可知，此处是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填brke。
95．句意：啊哈，它终于回到了天空！此处指井里的月亮又回到了空中，故用人称代词it指代mn。故填it。
（2023·四川德阳·统考中考真题）
Zhang Peng is a ten-year-ld by. He has a brther and a sister. They ften fight with each ther fr many 96 (reasn). Thse fights influence his daily life. Hwever, he desn’t knw 97 t d. Li Yng is Zhang Peng’s friend. He has tw brthers and they never fight. They always have smiles n 98 (they) faces.
One day Zhang Peng asked Li Yng why he and his brthers culd get n well with each ther. Li Yng smiled and 99 (invite) Zhang Peng t his hme. As they entered the huse, Li Yng’s elder brther saw them and said, “Hi, cme and share sme ice-cream 100 me.” At the same time, Li Yng’s 101 (yung) brther came ut f his rm. When he saw them, he lked very happy and said 102 (excited), “Hi, Li Yng, I have a stry 103 (tell) yu. It’s interesting!”
Hw happy Li Yng’s family life is! After 104 (think) fr a while, Zhang Peng understands that Li Yng’s secret f having 105 gd relatinship with his family is t share. They share all their fd and stries.
【答案】
reasns 97．what 98．their 99．invited 100．with
101．yunger 102．excitedly 103．t tell 104．thinking 105．a
【导语】本文讲述了张鹏和兄弟姐妹之间的关系不好，但是他的朋友李勇和兄弟之间的关系很好，张鹏去了李勇家做客，明白了李勇和兄弟之间相处得好的秘诀是——分享。
96．句意：由于许多原因，他们经常互相打架。many后接复数名词，故填reasns。
97．句意：但是，他不知道该怎么办。根据“Thse fights influence his daily life. Hwever, he desn’t d.”可知，他不知道该怎么办，此处是“疑问词+不定式”的结构，空处作d的宾语，应用what，故填what。
98．句意：他们脸上总是挂着微笑。根据“They always have smiles ”可知，空处修饰其后的名词，应用形容词性物主代词，故填their。
99．句意：李勇微笑着邀请张鹏到家里做客。and连接的两部分形式要保持一致，结合“smiled”可知，此处的动词也用过去式，故填invited。
100．句意：嗨，来和我一起吃冰淇淋。根据“cme and share sme ice-”可知，此处是短语share sth with sb“和某人分享某物”，故填with。
101．句意：与此同时，李勇弟弟从他的房间里出来了。根据“He has tw brthers”可知，此处指的是“弟弟”，英语表达为yunger brther，故填yunger。
102．句意：当他看到他们时，他看起来很高兴，兴奋地说：“嗨，李勇，我有一个故事要告诉你。很有趣！”空处修饰动词，应用副词形式，故填excitedly。
103．句意：我有一个故事要告诉你。空处作定语，应用不定式形式，故填t tell。
104．句意：想了想，张鹏明白了李咏和家人搞好关系的秘诀就是分享。after是介词，后接动名词ding形式，故填thinking。
105．句意：张鹏明白了李勇和家人搞好关系的秘诀就是分享。此处表示泛指“一段良好的关系”，应用不定冠词修饰，gd是辅音音素开头的单词，应用a修饰，故填a。
（2023·辽宁沈阳·统考中考真题）
阅读短文，然后用短文括号中所给词的适当形式填空。
In China, peple ften talk abut “Shuxiang”, especially during the Spring Festival. Images (形象) f the 12 Chinese “Shuxiang” animals are fun fr everyne. The rabbit is in the 106 (fur) place.
The rabbit is a symbl (象征) f kindness and a lve f beauty in Chinese culture. Peple brn in the Year f Rabbit are usually 107 (peace) and quick-minded. Althugh they are smetimes shy, they have a strng mind and will try their best 108 (make) their dreams cme true. It is said that rabbit peple are much 109 (wise) than ther peple and lve taking part in artistic activities.
2023 is a “rabbit year”. Rabbits becme mre ppular. Yu can see 110 (they) acrss the wrld. As a cultural image, the rabbit has been in different frms f art, including 111 (stamp), clurful lights and s n. Thrugh the rabbit, peple frm ther cuntries can get a clser lk int Chinese culture. In January, 2023, an exhibitin (展览) abut rabbits 112 (hld) in the US.
【答案】
furth 107．peaceful 108．t make
109．wiser 110．them 111．stamps 112．was held
【导语】本文主要讲述了兔子在中国文化中的含义。
106．句意：兔子在第四名。根据the可知，此空应填序数词表示顺序，故填furth。
107．句意：兔年出生的人通常都很平和，思维敏捷。此空与quick-minded构成并列关系，所以此空应填形容词peaceful“平和的”，故填peaceful。
108．句意：虽然他们有时会害羞，但他们有一个坚强的头脑，会尽他们最大的努力使他们的梦想成真。try ne’s best t d sth“尽某人最大努力去做某事”，此空应填动词不定式，故填t make。
109．句意：据说兔子人比其他人聪明，喜欢参加艺术活动。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填wiser。
110．句意：你可以在世界各地看到它们。see是动词，后接人称代词宾格作宾语，them是宾格，故填them。
111．句意：作为一种文化形象，兔子已经出现在不同的艺术形式中，包括邮票、彩灯等。此空与clurful lights构成并列关系，所以此空应填复数形式，故填stamps。
112．句意：2023年1月，美国举办了一个关于兔子的展览。主语an exhibitin与动词hld之间是被动关系，结合“In January, 2023”可知，此处用一般过去时被动语态，主语是单数形式，助动词用was，故填was held。
（2023·黑龙江大庆·统考中考真题）
Fill in each blank with a prper frm f the wrd given r a prper wrd.
Nv. 29th, 2022—China’s 113 (traditin) tea-making was added t the intangible cultural heritage list (非物质文化遗产名录) f the UNESCO.
Tea has 114 histry f mre than 2000 years in China. In ancient times, peple called tea by many different names. It 115 (say) that the Chinese character “cha” fr tea is finally decided by Lu Yu. .
Since the Tang Dynasty (朝代), Chinese tea has left a big influence 116 ther cuntries. After the 18th century. Chinese tea was 117 (successful) intrduced t many cuntries, such as India and Sri Lanka. Nw a great number f peple enjy 118 (drink) tea. Besides, they are greatly interested in 119 (it) histry and culture.
China is actually the nly cuntry 120 can prduce all six types f tea—green, yellw, dark, white, lng and black. There are mre than 2000 tea prducts. Chinese tea culture 121 (include) the Chinese way f dealing with the wrld. In tea, we find peace, art, and 122 (plite). It has been an imprtant part f Chinese culture.
【答案】
113．traditinal 114．a 115．is said 116．n/upn 117．successfully 118．drinking 119．its 120．that 121．includes 122．pliteness
【导语】本文主要介绍了茶的悠久历史以及茶文化。
113．句意：2022年11月29日—中国传统泡茶被列入联合国教科文组织非物质文化遗产名录。此空修饰名词tea-making，应填形容词作定语，traditinal“传统的”，故填traditinal。
114．句意：茶在中国已有2000多年的历史。have a histry f“有……的历史”，固定搭配，故填a。
115．句意：据说，汉字“茶”是鲁豫最后决定的。It is said that“据说”，固定句式，故填is said。
116．句意：自唐朝以来，中国茶就对其他国家产生了很大的影响。leave a big influence n/upn表示“对……产生了很大的影响”，固定搭配，故填n/upn。
117．句意：中国茶被成功地介绍到许多国家，如印度和斯里兰卡。此空修饰动词intrduced，应填副词successfully“成功地”，故填successfully。
118．句意：现在很多人喜欢喝茶。enjy ding sth“喜欢做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填drinking。
119．句意：此外，他们对它的历史和文化很感兴趣。此空修饰名词histry和culture，应填形容词性物主代词its，故填its。
120．句意：中国实际上是唯一一个可以生产所有六种茶的国家——绿茶、黄茶、黑茶、白茶、乌龙茶和红茶。分析句子结构可知，此处是定语从句，先行词有the nly修饰，关系词用that，故填that。
121．句意：中国茶文化包含了中国对待世界的方式。此句是一般现在时，主语是不可数名词，动词用三单，故填includes。
122．句意：在茶中，我们找到了平静、艺术和礼貌。此空与peace，art构成并列关系，作动词find的宾语，所以此空应填名词，故填pliteness。
（2023·江苏泰州·中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。有提示词的空格不限一词，无提示词的空格限填一词。
Students at a university in Anhui Prvince will prbably nt receive their diplmas (毕业文凭) if they fail a fitness test. The test has running, standing lng jump and sme ther sprts 123 (activity). This rule has caused ht discussin. Accrding t the plan, the new rule 124 (cme) int frce sn. And if students fail t pass the fitness tests, they wn’t get their diplmas.
Hwever, it is nt a ne-time test like gaka. Students wh fail the tests 125 graduatin will be given anther chance. He can take the test fr a 126 (tw) time. And if they fail again, they will have t take the test even after graduatin.
D yu think it is 127 nly university ding s? N! If students want t enter Tsinghua University, they als have t be able t swim. Or they will prepare t learn swimming. And they must pass a swimming test after schl begins.
Tsinghua University will ask the students 128 (learn) swimming and will rganize a swimming test fr all new students in September. If students fail t swim as lng as at least 50 metres, they will have t take the swimming curse thrughut their studies. And f curse, students are als reminded t learn and practise swimming 129 (safe). They will be able t swim by the time they graduate, 130 the university wn’t give them diplmas.
University students 131 (encurage) t d mre exercise after class. But sme just stay in the classrm all day lng. Few students take exercise even if they are free. They need t d sme exercise t keep 132 (they) healthy. Swimming is als a survival skill. It des n harm t peple at all and is the crrect sprt fr students. Any student wh wants t enter Tsinghua University, remember, swimming is yur necessary skill.
【答案】
123．activities 124．will cme 125．f 126．secnd 127．the 128．t learn 129．safely 130．r 131．are encuraged 132．themselves
【导语】本文介绍安徽的一所大学将对学生进行体育测试的规定，如果学生测试不及格，将无法获得毕业证。
123．句意：考试有跑步、立定跳远等体育活动。sme ther修饰可数名词复数，故填activities。
124．句意：按照计划，新规定将很快生效。根据“sn”可知，此处使用一般将来时，故填will cme。
125．句意：没有通过毕业考试的学生将会得到另一次机会。根据“Students wh fail the will be given anther chance.”可知，此处表示毕业测试，所属关系用f，故填f。
126．句意：他可以参加第二次考试。此处作定语修饰time，用序数词形式，故填secnd。
127．句意：你认为这是唯一一所这样做的大学吗？the nly“唯一的”，故填the。
128．句意：清华大学将要求学生学习游泳，并将于9月份为所有新生组织一次游泳测试。ask sb t d sth“要求某人做某事”，故填t learn。
129．句意：当然，学生们也被提醒要安全地学习和练习游泳。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填safely。
130．句意：他们毕业的时候会游泳，否则大学不会给他们颁发文凭。根据“They will be able t swim by the time they graduate, university wn’t give them diplmas.”可知，必须学会游泳，否则学校不给毕业证，r“否则”符合语境，故填r。
131．句意：鼓励大学生在课后多做运动。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，所以用一般现在时的被动语态。故填are encuraged。
132．句意：他们需要做一些运动来保持健康。本句主语是They，所以是保持“他们自己”的健康，用反身代词形式，故填themselves。
（2023·贵州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在各题空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Each year, billins f punds f garbage end up in the ceans. Smetimes peple thrw away water 133 (bttle) r ther plastic. They d nt recycle their garbage. Peple may nt knw that wind 134 rain can mve garbage frm land t sea. Plastic takes a very lng time t break dwn. It can remain in the ceans 135 hundreds f years. Plastic pieces are very 136 (danger) t sea animals.
One grup, Washed Ashre, came up with a new idea 137 (tell) peple abut the prblems in the ceans. First, they take the garbage frm 138 beach. Then, they clean and srt it. 139 (final), they wrk with the plastic pieces t make huge wrks f art. The artwrk is mstly f sea creatures (生物).
Washed Ashre has 140 (create) mre than seventy f these wrks f art. Sme f 141 (they) are nw traveling in a shw all ver the wrld. Each piece shws the effects f trash.
In ne shw, peple learn hw plastic fls fish and ther sea animals. They think the plastic 142 (be) fd, eat it, and get very sick r even die.
This wuld nt happen if peple used less plastic and did nt litter. The plastic wuld nt end up in the cean.
【答案】
133．bttles 134．and 135．fr 136．dangerus 137．t tell 138．a 139．Finally 140．created 141．them 142．is
【导语】本文介绍海洋垃圾的问题，呼吁人们少用塑料，不乱扔垃圾。
133．句意：有时人们会扔掉水瓶或其他塑料制品。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式，故填bttles。
134．句意：人们可能不知道，风和雨可以把垃圾从陆地带到海洋。wind和rain构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
135．句意：它可以在海洋中存留数百年。“hundreds f years”是时间段，此处表示持续多长时间，故填fr。
136．句意：塑料碎片对海洋动物非常危险。此处在句中作表语，用形容词形式，故填dangerus。
137．句意：一个名为“冲上岸”的组织提出了一个新想法，向人们讲述海洋中的问题。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填t tell。
138．句意：首先，他们从海滩上捡垃圾。此处泛指一个海滩，beach首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
139．句意：最后，他们用塑料片制作出巨大的艺术品。此处在句中修饰整个句子，用副词finally，句首需大写首字母。故填Finally。
140．句意：“冲上岸”已经创作了70多件这样的艺术作品。时态是现在完成时，动词用过去分词形式，故填created。
141．句意：他们中的一些人现在正在世界各地进行展览。介词后用宾格作宾语，故填them。
142．句意：他们认为塑料是食物，吃了它，就会生病甚至死亡。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是不可数名词，故填is。
（2023·山东日照·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（每空不多于三个单词）。
When I was 20 years ld, I had a big dream in my mind. I wanted 143 （travel）arund Africa with my backpack. S I left my hmetwn with cnfidence （信心）and arrived 144 Cape Twn, nt really sure what t d next. 145 （lucky）, befre my trip started, I met a kind, ld Nigerian man. He gave me the 146 （gd） travel advice I had ever received: “Be like a student n yur way arund the wrld.”
The advice sunded simple, but 147 really changed my idea abut traveling. He helped me realize that travel is abut 148 （learn）cultures. It’s far t easy t g int 149 new cuntry and believe yur ways are better.
“But if yu study, ask questins, 150 try t learn frm the lcals, yu will have far richer experience,” he prmised.
After seven 151 （mnth）f full backpacking in Africa frm Cape Twn t Cair, I realized having a student-like mind helped me learn a lt, which 152 （satisfy）me mre than any ther trip that ever did t me.
【答案】
143．t travel 144．in 145．Luckily 146．best 147．it 148．learning 149．a 150．and 151．mnths 152．satisfied
【导语】本文介绍了作者以一个学生的心态环游非洲的经历。
143．句意：我想背着背包环游非洲。want t d sth“想要做某事”，为固定短语，故填t travel。
144．句意：于是我满怀信心地离开了家乡，来到了开普敦，不知道下一步该做什么。arrive in“到达”，是固定短语，后加大地点，故填in。
145．句意：幸运的是，在我的旅行开始之前，我遇到了一位善良的尼日利亚老人。lucky是形容词，此处是修饰整个句子，应用副词形式。故填Luckily。
146．句意：他给了我最好的旅行建议：“像一个学生一样环游世界。”gd“好的”，根据“I had ever received”可知此处应用形容词最高级，故填best。
147．句意：这个建议听起来很简单，但它确实改变了我对旅行的看法。此空代指advice，是不可数名词，应用it，故填it。
148．句意：他帮助我认识到旅行是学习文化的。abut是介词，后加动名词作宾语，故填learning。
149．句意：进入一个新的国家，很容易就会相信自己的方式更好。此处泛指一个新国家，应用不定冠词，new以辅音音素开头，应用a，故填a。
150．句意：“但如果你学习，多问问题，并试着向当地人学习，你会有更丰富的经验，”他保证说。前后是并列关系，应用and连接，故填and。
151．句意：在非洲从开普敦到开罗的七个月的背包旅行中，我意识到有一颗学生的心帮助我学到了很多东西，这比我以往任何一次旅行都更让我满意。mnth是可数名词，位于seven后，应用复数名词，故填mnths。
152．句意：在非洲从开普敦到开罗的七个月的背包旅行中，我意识到有一颗学生的心帮助我学到了很多东西，这比我以往任何一次旅行都更让我满意。satisfy“使满意”，动词，根据前后句可知，本句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填satisfied。
（2023·黑龙江牡丹江·统考中考真题）
Fill in the blanks with the grammatical knwledge accrding t the passage.
D yu knw any custms n New Year’s Day in ther cuntries?
In the UK, they have 153 interesting custm. Accrding t the custm, the family will have gd luck in the new year if a tall, dark and handsme man is the 154 (ne) persn t enter the frnt dr after the new year arrives. Usually the 155 (visit) carries a piece f cal, a laf (面包) and a bttle f Whiskey (威士忌酒). He shuld nt speak t 156 (smene) r be spken t until he finishes several things. These things include placing the cal n the fire, putting the laf n the table, 157 (serve) the drink t the family head and 158 (final) wishing everyne a “Happy New Year” . He shuld leave the huse thrugh the back dr t cmplete the traditin perfectly.
159 France, befre the arrival f the New Year, the family always get tgether and drink up all the liqur (酒) at hme. They think that if there is still liqur in the huse, there 160 (be) bad luck in the new year.
And in sme 161 (area) in India, peple d nt celebrate the New Year, but cry. D yu knw why? It is said that they cry 162 time ges quickly and life is s shrt.
These custms are really interesting, aren’t they?
【答案】
an 154．first 155．visitr 156．anyne 157．serving 158．finally
159．In 160．will be 161．areas 162．because
【导语】本文讲述了其他国家迎新年的习俗。
153．句意：在英国，他们有一个有趣的习俗。根据“interesting custm”可知，此处泛指一个有趣的习俗，interesting为元音音素开头的单词，用冠词an。故填an。
154．句意：根据习俗，如果一个高大、黝黑、英俊的男人是第一个新年到来后进入前门，这个家庭在新的一年里会有好运。根据“the…persn”可知，此处指第一个人，ne对应序数词first“第一个”。故填first。
155．句意：通常游客会带一块煤、一条面包和一瓶威士忌。根据“carries a piece f cal”和“He”可知，此处为名词，visitr“游客”，且为单数。故填visitr。
156．句意：在他做完几件事之前，不应该和任何人说话。根据“ He shuld nt speak t …”可知，否定句用anyne，表示“任何人”。故填anyne。
157．句意：这些事情包括把煤放在火上，把面包放在桌子上，给户主端上饮料，最后祝大家“新年快乐”。根据“putting the laf n the table”可知，空格处为动名词短语作主语。故填serving。
158．句意：这些事情包括把煤放在火上，把面包放在桌子上，给户主端上饮料，最后祝大家“新年快乐”。根据“wishing everyne a…”可知，此处为副词finally作时间状语。故finally。
159．句意：在法国，在新年到来之前，一家人总是聚在一起，把家里所有的酒都喝光。根据“France”可知，此处表示在法国，较大地点前用in。故填In。
160．句意：他们认为，如果房子里还有酒，那么新的一年就会倒霉。根据“bad luck in the new year”可知，此处为一般将来时will+动词。故填will be。
161．句意：在印度的一些地区，人们不庆祝新年，而是哭泣。根据“sme”可知，空格处为可数名词复数areas。故填areas。
162．句意：据说他们哭是因为时间过得很快，生命过得很短。根据“It is said that they cry … time ges quickly and life is s shrt.”可知，空格前后为前果后因，用because“因为”。故填because。
（2023·四川内江·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Zhang Daqian was brn n May 10, 1899, in Neijiang, Sichuan. He was ne f the mst famus Chinese 163 （artist）f the 20th century.
At a yung age, he 164 （encurage）by his family t paint. In 1917, he went t Japan 165 （learn）painting. Tw years later, he went t Shanghai t receive 166 （traditin）painting instructin frm tw famus Chinese painters. 167 the help f them, Zhang had the chance t study sme ancient paintings.
Zhang went t the nrth in the late 1920s. He 168 （begin）t wrk with a Beijing painter, Pu Xinyu. Zhang and Pu were s well-knwn 169 they were hnred as “Suth Zhang and Nrth Pu”. It shwed their high status（地位）in painting.
In 1940, Zhang Daqian went t the caves（窟）f Mga and Yulin. He and his grup wrked hard day and night there. 170 （final）, they studied ver 200 paintings. After this experience, his painting skills were much 171 （gd）than befre. His painting, created in 1978, was sld at 172 very gd price in 2021.
【答案】
163．artists 164．was encuraged 165．t learn 166．traditinal 167．With 168．began 169．that 170．Finally 171．better 172．a
【导语】本文主要介绍了著名画家张大千的成名经历。
163．句意：他是20世纪最著名的中国艺术家之一。ne f the+形容词最高级+复数名词，表示“最……之一”。故填artists。
164．句意：在他很小的时候，他的家人就鼓励他画画。根据“by his family”可知，此处用被动语态结构，主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用was，故填was encuraged。
165．句意：1917年，他去日本学习绘画。去日本的目的是为了学习绘画，用动词不定式表目的，故填t learn。
166．句意：两年后，他到上海接受两位中国著名画家的传统绘画指导。此空修饰名词painting，应填形容词traditinal表示“传统的”，故填traditinal。
167．句意：在他们的帮助下，张有机会研究一些古代绘画。with the help f“在……的帮助下”，固定搭配，故填With。
168．句意：他开始和北京画家溥心畬一起工作。整段用的都是一般过去时，所以此句也用一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填began。
169．句意：张、溥是如此的知名，他们被誉为“南张北溥”。s…that“如此……以至于”，引导结果状语从句，故填that。
170．句意：最后，他们研究了200多幅画。此空位于句首，且空格后有逗号隔开，应填副词作状语，故填Finally。
171．句意：这次经历后，他的绘画技巧比以前好多了。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填better。
172．句意：1978年创作的这幅画在2021年以非常好的价格售出。at a gd price“以一个非常好的价格”，故填a。
（2023·山东临沂·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
It was early spring, and there was a light fg(雾) ver the trees and fields. I and the ther yung hrses 173 (eat) at the lwer end f the field when we heard the cry f dgs far away. The 174 (ld) amng us lifted his head t listen. “There are the dgs!” he said, and ran away at nce. We fllwed him t the tp 175 the field.
My mther and anther ld hrse were standing near. “They have fund a hare(野兔),” said my mther, “and if they cme this way, we 176 (see) the hunt(打猎).”
Sn the dgs were all running dwn the field next t urs, making alud “y-y-y” sund at the tp f their vices. After then came men n hrses as fast as they culd. Suddenly, the dgs became 177 (silence) and ran arund with their nses t the grund.
“They 178 (lse) the smell f the hare already,” said the ld hrse. “Perhaps she will run away.”
But the dgs began their “y-y-y” again and came at full speed twards ur field. Just then a hare, wild with fear, ran twards the trees. The dgs jumped ver a small river and ran acrss the field. Six r eight huntsmen(猎人) jumped their hrses ver 179 small river, clse behind the dgs. Befre the hare culd get away, the dgs were upn her with wild cries.
We heard a terrible cry, and that was the end f the hare. She 180 (pick) up by ne f the men. She was cvered in bld, but all the huntsmen seemed pleased.
I was 181 surprised that at first I didn’t see what was happening by the river. Later I saw a sad sight(景象)—tw hrses were dwn and the riders were hurt.
My mther said, “I can’t understand why men like this sprt s much. They quite ften hurt 182 (they) and gd hrses.”
【答案】
173．were eating 174．ldest 175．f 176．shall see 177．silent 178．have lst 179．the 180．was picked 181．s 182．themselves
【导语】本文节选自《黑骏马》，讲述了猎人们带狗打猎的故事。
173．句意：我和其他小马正在田野的尽头吃东西，突然听到远处传来狗的叫声。根据“when we heard the cry f dgs far away.”可知，此处是when引导的时间状语从句，从句是一般过去时，主句表示过去正在进行的动作，用过去进行时，主语是复数，be动词用were，故填were eating。
174．句意：我们当中年纪最大的那位抬起头来听。根据“amng us”可知，三者以上的比较应用最高级，故填ldest。
175．句意：我们跟着他来到了田顶。此处是固定搭配the tp f“……的顶部”，故填f。
176．句意：如果他们从这边来，我们就能看到狩猎了。if引导的条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，因为主语是第一人称we，我们可以使用“shall+动词原形”，故填shall see。
177．句意：突然，狗安静了下来，把鼻子贴在地上跑来跑去。became是系动词，后加形容词silent作表语，故填silent。
178．句意：他们已经闻不到野兔的气味了。根据“already”可知，句子时态是现在完成时，主语是they，助动词用have，故填have lst。
179．句意：六个或八个猎人跳上他们的马越过小河，紧跟在狗的后面。根据“jumped their hrses river,”可知，是指越过小河，应用定冠词the表示特指，故填the。
180．句意：她被其中一个男人带走了。主语She代指兔子，和动词之间是被动关系，结合前句可知，应用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是单数，be动词用was，故填was picked。
181．句意：我很惊讶，起初我没有看到河边发生了什么事。此处是“”结构，意为“如此……以至于……”，引导结果状语从句，故填s。
182．句意：他们经常伤害自己和好马。句子主语是they，此处宾语和主语人称一致，应用反身代词themselves，故填themselves。
（2023·山东威海·统考中考真题）
用括号里所给动词的适当形式填空。请将答案填写在答题卡指定位置。
I went t a restaurant fr lunch with my Granddad yesterday, and when the starters came, I gt ut my phne and began t take sme phts f them. My Granddad was very surprised, and he laughed at me. “Fd is fr eating!” he said, “And why 183 yu _______ (take) phts f it?” Then I was surprised. Didn’t he knw why?
All my friends always take phts f fd in restaurants when they g ut t eat, and the phts 184 (share) n scial media(社交媒体). When we’re deciding which restaurant t g t, we lk at phts peple pst n scial media. Befre I g t a restaurant, I als lk at phts n scial media 185 (see) the fd n the menu. S, when I 186 (arrive) at the restaurant, I knw what I want t eat.
Yesterday, my Granddad 187 (chse) mushrm(蘑菇) sup fr his starter because he likes sup, and I rdered fruit salad because it lked delicius in a pht I saw n my phne. Bth dishes were very gd.
“Granddad! We 188 (finish) ur starters. Nw! Lk at the menu fr the main curse (主菜).” He culdn’t 189 (decide) between a fish dish and a beef dish. “Wuld yu like t see sme phts f them?” I asked. He laughed again. “OK!” he said. I gt ut my phne again, fund the phts and gave him the phne. He decided the beef because it came with rice and carrts.
After the meal, I asked Granddad, “ 190 yu _______ (use) phts n scial media t chse yur fd next time yu eat ut?” “Maybe” he sad, “if I’m with ne f my grandchildren!”
【答案】183．are/did；taking/take 184．are shared/will be shared 185．t see 186．arrive 187．chse 188．have finished 189．decide 190．Will；use
【导语】本文主要叙述作者和爷爷去餐厅吃饭的故事，作者饭前拍照发社交媒体，爷爷对此不太理解，但爷孙俩还是按照别人发过的照片挑选了菜品。
183．句意：你为什么要给它拍照？根据语境可知，此处可以是爷爷在问作者正在做的事情，用现在进行时；另一方面，也可以是作者拍完了照，爷爷问作者刚才为什么拍照，用一般过去时。主语是yu，现在进行时be动词用are；一般过去时里助动词用did，后加动词原形，故填are/did；taking/take。
184．句意：我所有的朋友出去吃饭的时候都会给餐馆里的食物拍照，并把照片分享到社交媒体上。根据“All my friends always take phts f fd in restaurants when they g ut t eat,”可知此处的时态可以是一般现在时，表示经常性的动作。另一方面，可以说是先拍照，然后再分享，可以用一般将来时。主语和动词share之间是被动关系，应用一般现在时的被动语态：am/is/are dne，或一般将来时的被动语态：will be dne。主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are shared/will be shared。
185．句意：在我去餐厅之前，我也会在社交媒体上看照片，看看菜单上的食物。see是动词，此处应用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t see。
186．句意：所以，当我到达餐厅时，我知道我想吃什么。根据“I knw what I want t eat.”可知本句是一般现在时，主语是I，动词用原形，故填arrive。
187．句意：昨天，我爷爷选了蘑菇汤作为他的开胃菜，因为他喜欢汤。根据“Yesterday”可知句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填chse。
188．句意：我们已经吃完了开胃菜。根据“Nw! Lk at the menu fr the main curse (主菜).”可说明开胃菜已经吃完了，所以可以看主菜了，应用现在完成时，主语是we，助动词用have，故填have finished。
189．句意：他决定不了是吃鱼还是吃牛肉。decide是动词，空前有情态动词，动词用原形，故填decide。
190．句意：你会用社交媒体上的照片来选择食物吗？根据“next time yu eat ut?”可知本句是一般将来时：will d。故填Will；use。
（2023·湖北鄂州·统考中考真题）
根据下面短文内容，用括号内所给单词的正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
Mtu lies in the suth f the Himalayas in Tibet. It 191 (be) knwn as the “Natural Museum f Tibet”. It is hme t all kinds f muntains, rivers, waterfalls, plants and animals. Its 192 (special) gegraphic lcatin (地理位置) makes it a beautiful place. It was ne f the 193 (hard) places t reach and was the last city in China withut a highway.
The cnstructin (施工) f the first highway t Mtu 194 (start) in the 1960s. Hwever, it was nt cmpleted until ver 50 years later. In 2014, the cnstructin f 195 (its) secnd highway-the Paim Highway started. In Octber 2022, the cnstructin f the main bdy f the highway was cmpleted.
They are great engineering prjects. In this area, earthquakes and heavy rains happened very 196 (ften). There culd be falling rcks r even landslides (滑坡). Peple must build many walls and nets t prtect the tw highways. Anther 197 (challenge) was the snw. Large amunts f snw smetimes destryed rcks and rads. As a result, the cnstructin f the highways t Mtu was stpped several times. 198 (slve) this prblem, peple built a tunnel (隧道) that ges thrugh the muntain area.
The tw highways stand fr the Chinese 199 (spirit) f “never giving up”. They are ways t cnnect Mtu t the utside wrld and shw hw China 200 (care) abut peple in the far areas.
【答案】
191．is 192．special 193．hardest 194．started 195．its 196．ften 197．challenge 198．T slve 199．spirit/spirits 200．cares
【导语】本文是一篇说明文。文章讲述了国家为西藏墨脱建造高速公路的艰辛历程，体现了永不放弃的中国精神。
191．句意：它被称为“西藏自然博物馆”。描述事实，用一般现在时，主语是It，be动词用is。故填is。
192．句意：它的特殊的地理位置使它成为一个美丽的地方。此处应填形容词作定语，special表示“特殊的”，故填special。
193．句意：这是最难到达的地方之一，也是中国最后一个没有高速公路的城市。“ne f the 形容词最高级+名词复数”表示“最……的……之一”，hard最高级为hardest。故填hardest。
194．句意：第一条通往墨脱的高速公路始于20世纪60年代。跟“in the 1960s”可知描述过去的事，用一般过去时。start过去式为started。故填started。
195．句意：2014年，第二条高速公路——派墨高速公路开工建设。此空修饰名词，用形容词性物主代词its修饰。故填its。
196．句意：在这个地区，地震和大雨经常发生。ften表示“经常”，频率副词。故填ften。
197．句意：另一个挑战是雪。根据was可知主语是单数，challenge表示“挑战”。故填challenge。
198．句意：为了解决这个问题，人们修建了一条通向山区的隧道。此处用不定式表目的。故填T slve。
199．句意：这两条高速公路代表了“永不放弃”的中国精神。spirit表示“精神”，此处可以用单数，也可以用复数，故填spirit/spirits。
200．句意：它们是将墨脱与外部世界联系起来的路，展示了中国对偏远地区人民的关心。根据“They are ways t cnnect Mtu t the utside wrld and shw hw China ”可知此句时态是一般现在时，主语是China，谓语动词用三单。故填cares。
（2023·山东济宁·中考真题）
A yung man was lking fr a new way t spend his free time. He heard abut peple hiking (徒步) in the frest parks and decided t try it fr himself. One day, 201 he was ready t start, an ld man walked up t him.
“Dn’t hike in this park.” 202 ld man said. “The paths (道路) are nt clear.” But the yung man said, “I 203 already ________ (study) the map f this park many times. I knw its paths s well that I 204 (nt, get) lst.”
Then the yung man walked int the park. After tw hurs, he wanted t g back. Hwever, he had n idea where 205 (g) even with the help f his map. The yung man didn’t knw what he shuld d. 206 (lucky), a hiker saw him and helped him walk ut f the park.
【答案】201．when 202．the 203．have；studied 204．wn’t get 205．t g 206．Luckily
【导语】本文主要讲一个年轻人因为不听老人的劝告而迷路了，一个徒步路行者看到他并帮助他走出了公园。
201．句意：一天，当他准备出发时，一位老人向他走来。根据“... he was ready t start, an ld man walked up t him.”可推出当他准备出发时有个老人走了过来，when“当……时候”，引导时间状语从句。故填when。
202．句意：“不要在这个公园里徒步旅行。”老人说。此处特指上文出现过的老人，用定冠词the。故填the。
203．句意：我已经把这个公园的地图研究过很多次了。根据“already”可知用现在完成时，其结构为have/has dne，主语I后用助动词have，study的过去分词形式studied。故填have；studied。
204．句意：我非常熟悉它的路径，所以我不会迷路。此处表示不会迷路，是对未来的推测，用一般将来时，其结构为will d，wn’t get lst“不会迷路”。故填wn’t get。
205．句意：然而，即使有地图的帮助，他也不知道该去哪里。此处用“疑问词+动词不定式”作宾语，where t g“去哪里”。故填t g。
206．句意：幸运的是，一个徒步旅行者看见了他，扶他走出了公园。此处用副词修饰整个句子，lucky的副词形式luckily，意为“幸运地”。故填Luckily。
（2023·山东济宁·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式，必要时可加助动词或情态动词。
Oliver Kent is a thirteen-year-ld student, but he desn’t g t schl. His dad is his teacher and 207 (teach) him at hme. It is knwn as hmeschling.
It is ppular in Australia, Canada, the USA and many ther cuntries. Can parents hme schl their 208 (child) in every cuntry in the wrld? N. Sme cuntries, like Brazil, Greece, Cuba and Turkey, say “n” t hmeschling. “What abut 209 (yu) friends? Peple ften ask me that questin,” says Oliver. “I have lts f friends. Mst f them g t schl and that’s the right thing fr them. But my friend Ella is hme schled by her mum. S we 210 (discuss) things abut hmeschling that ther peple dn’t understand.”
【答案】207．teaches 208．children 209．yur 210．discuss
【导语】本文主要介绍了在家接受教育。
207．句意：他的爸爸是他的老师，在家教他。teach“教”，根据“His dad is his teacher and...”可知此处是并列的动作，动词形式一致，故此处用动词单三。故填teaches。
208．句意：世界上每个国家的父母都能在家教育孩子吗？根据“Can parents hme schl their...”可知此处指他们的孩子，用名词复数children“孩子”。故填children。
209．句意：你的朋友呢？空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词yur“你的”。故填yur。
210．句意：所以我们讨论其他人不理解的在家上学的事情。discuss“讨论”，本文时态为一般现在时，主语是we，谓语动词用原形。故填discuss。
（2023·湖南长沙·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
D yu knw Wrld Letter Writing Day? It falls 211 September 1st every year. It was set up by Richard Simpkin in 2014. He encuraged peple 212 (take) a break frm tday’s scial media (媒体) and write a letter t smene by hand.
Wh shuld yu write t? Think abut a friend r relative that lives far away. A parent r best friend wuld als lve t receive 213 (yu) letter.
Hw d yu write a letter? 214 (general) speaking, a letter includes these parts. The date and a greeting (问候语) such as “Dear…” shuld be at the tp f the letter. A clsing such as “Lve” r “Yurs truly” needs t fllw the bdy. End it by 215 (sign) it.
Why shuld yu pick up a pen and write a letter? It is a surprise that may make smene’s day. It’s 216 gd way t shw peple that yu have been thinking f them. Everyne lves a persnal tuch. It makes 217 (enjy) memries (回忆). Sme peple save 218 (letter) and lk at them ver the years.
A recent study shws that letter writing 219 (make) the writer happy, t. “Handwriting is yur DNA．It’s yur fingerprint that nly yu can share with thers,” said Richard Simpkin.
S, get sme paper 220 pick up a pen. Start writing a letter tday!
【答案】
211．n 212．t take 213．yur 214．Generally 215．signing 216．a 217．enjyable 218．letters 219．makes 220．and
【导语】本文介绍世界写信日，应该写信给谁，应该怎么写信，写信有什么意义等。
211．句意：它是在每年的9月1日。“September 1st”是具体的时间，用介词n，故填n。
212．句意：他鼓励人们从今天的社交媒体中休息一下，手写一封信给别人。encurage sb t d sth“鼓励某人做某事”，故填t take。
213．句意：父母或最好的朋友也会很乐意收到你的信。此处在句中作定语修饰letter，用形容词性物主代词yur。故填yur。
214．句意：一般来说，一封信包括这些部分。generally enerally“一般来说”，句首需大写首字母。故填Generally。
215．句意：通过签名来结束它。by是介词，其后加动名词作宾语。故填signing。
216．句意：这是一个很好的方式来告诉人们你一直在想着他们。此处泛指一个方法，gd首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
217．句意：它带来愉快的回忆。此处作定语修饰memries，用形容词形式。故填enjyable。
218．句意：有些人把信件保存起来，多年来一直看。根据“them”可知，此处应使用名词复数形式。故填letters。
219．句意：最近的一项研究表明，写信也会让写信人感到快乐。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是“letter writing”，动词用三单。故填makes。
220．句意：所以，拿起纸和笔。分析“get sme up a pen”可知，前后构成并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
（2023·湖北·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
The children, seeing the huse the bird landed n, stpped and lked fr sme time. It was nt a nrmal huse at all. It was made f bread and candy, and the 221 (windw) were made f sugar. The children 222 (sudden) ran t the huse and started t eat it.
As they ate, a 223 (wman) vice culd be heard frm inside the huse saying, “Wh’s that, eating at my hme?”
The children drpped what they 224 (eat), and were abut t run away, but then a very ld wman appeared at the dr. “Ah! Children!” she said. “D nt run, cme in. There’s much mre fd inside.” The wman seemed s kind 225 the children lst all feeling f danger, and went straight t her, and let her take their hands and lead them int her rm.
They 226 (give) all kinds f delicius fd and drink, and they were tld that they culd stay as lng as they wanted, fr the wman had anther rm 227 tw clean beds.
As kind as the ld lady appeared t be, she was really a terrible witch (女巫), wh liked t eat children. Her huse was made f bread and candy, because children liked such things, and s it wuld be easier fr the witch 228 (get) them t stay. She did nt eat them right away, fr ften the children were very thin, and the witch wished t make them 229 (fat) than befre, by giving them a lt f fd.
And s, the next mrning, she 230 (g) int the rm where the children were sleeping. As she lked dwn n them in their beds, she said, “Yes. They will make a very delicius dinner.”
【答案】
221．windws 222．suddenly 223．wman’s 224．were eating 225．that 226．were given 227．with 228．t get 229．fatter 230．went
【导语】本文主要介绍了一个女巫用面包和糖果做成的房子吸引孩子们，因为她实际上是一个可怕的女巫，喜欢吃孩子。
221．句意：它是用面包和糖果做的，窗户是用糖做的。windw“窗户”，是名词，结合were可知，名词用复数，故填windws。
222．句意：孩子们突然跑到房子里，开始吃它。sudden“突然的”，形容词，此处修饰动词ran，应用副词，故填suddenly。
223．句意：当他们吃饭的时候，一个女人的声音从屋子里传来：“谁呀，在我家吃东西？”wman是名词，空后是名词vice，所以应用wman的所有格形式wman’s修饰，故填wman’s。
224．句意：孩子们扔掉了正在吃的东西，正要逃跑，这时一位老妇人出现在门口。eat“吃”，动词，根据语境可知，孩子把当时正在吃的东西扔掉，应用过去进行时，they作主语，be动词用were，故填were eating。
225．句意：这个女人看起来很善良，孩子们完全没有危险的感觉，他们径直走到她身边，让她牵着他们的手，把他们带到她的房间里。此处是“如此……以至于”引导的结果状语从句，故填that。
226．句意：他们得到了各种美味的食物和饮料，并被告知他们可以想住多久就住多久，因为那个女人有另一个房间，里面有两张干净的床。give“给”，和主语they之间是被动关系，结合后句可知，应用一般过去时的被动语态。they作主语，be动词用were。故填were given。
227．句意：他们得到了各种美味的食物和饮料，并被告知他们可以想住多久就住多久，因为那个女人有另一个房间，里面有两张干净的床。根据“anther clean beds.”可知，是指房间有两张干净的床，应用介词with表示“带有”。故填with。
228．句意：她的房子是用面包和糖果做成的，因为孩子们喜欢这样的东西，所以女巫更容易让他们留下来。此处是it作形式主语，动词不定式作真正主语的结构，故填t get。
229．句意：她没有马上吃掉它们，因为孩子们通常都很瘦，女巫希望给他们很多食物，让他们比以前更胖。根据“than”可知，应用形容词比较级，故填fatter。
230．句意：于是，第二天早上，她走进孩子们睡觉的房间。根据前后语境可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填went。
（2023·内蒙古包头·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
If yu live in the cities in England, there will be a great chance that yu may meet a fx in real life. Sme animals need special habitats (栖息地) r fd. But fxes can live in all kinds f amazingly different 231 (place) such as deserts, muntain s and cities. A city like Lndn can be really busy and 232 (nise), but it still has quiet crners where fxes can sleep. It als has fx fd such as mice and fds drpped by peple.
Recently sme peple in cities have already 233 (see) fxes clse at hand, but they never seem scared. Why is that? They are 234 smart that they can even remember all the safe crners where they can escape. If a fx thinks it can run t its safe exit 235 (fast) than yu can apprach (接近), it will prbably just sit dwn and wait. They wn’t waste energy running ff unless it really 236 (becme) necessary.
Hwever, it’s 237 (usual) better nt t feed fxes. But d enjy 238 (watch ) them. They are beautiful interesting animals and lts 239 peple enjy them arund. After all, seeing fxes is 240 exciting reminder f ur cnnectin t nature.
【答案】
231．places 232．nisy 233．seen 234．s 235．faster 236．becmes 237．usually 238．watching 239．f 240．an
【导语】本文主要讲述了如果你住在英国的城市里，你很有可能在现实生活中遇到狐狸，文中介绍了狐狸的生活环境以及其行为表现等内容。
231．句意：但是狐狸可以生活在各种不同的地方，比如沙漠、山区和城市。different修饰可数名词法术，所以空处用place的复数形式places，故填places。
232．句意：像伦敦这样的城市可能非常繁忙和嘈杂，但它仍然有安静的角落，狐狸可以在那里睡觉。根据“can be really busy ”可知，空处应填形容词作表语，nise的形容词是nisy“嘈杂的”。故填nisy。
233．句意：最近，城市里的一些人已经看到狐狸近在咫尺，但他们似乎从不害怕。根据“have already”可知，此处用see的过去分词seen构成现在完成时结构，故填seen。
234．句意：它们非常聪明，甚至能记住所有可以逃跑的安全角落。根据“ that they can even remember all the safe crners where they can escape. ”可知，此处是“如此……以至于……”引导的条件状语从句，故填s。
235．句意：如果一只狐狸认为它跑到安全出口的速度比你接近的速度快，它可能会坐下来等着。根据than可知，此处用fast的比较级faster，故填faster。
236．句意：除非真的有必要，否则他们不会浪费能量跑掉。本句是unless引导的条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，则从句用一般现在时，主语是it，谓语动词用三单形式，故填becmes。
237．句意：然而，通常最好不要喂狐狸。分析句子可知，句中不缺成分，所以空处应用usual的副词形式usually“通常地”作状语，故填usually。
238．句意：但是一定要喜欢观察它们。enjy ding sth“喜欢做某事”，所以空处用动名词作宾语，故填watching。
239．句意：它们是美丽有趣的动物，很多人喜欢它们。lts f“很多”，固定短语，故填f。
240．句意：毕竟，看到狐狸是一个令人兴奋的提醒，提醒我们与自然的联系。根据单数名词reminder可知，此处表示泛指，且exciting是以元音音素开头，所以用不定冠词an修饰，故填an。
（2023·黑龙江绥化·统考中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空.
Hell, I’m Tm. I cme frm Cuba (古巴), but 241 (recent) I mved t China. I started a new schl life here. It was a big change fr me because the schl life in China is quite different frm that in Cuba.
Schl in China starts at 8: 00 a.m. and 242 (end) at 4: 50 p.m. The new schl is much better than my ld schl in Cuba, such as it is 243 (big) and mre beautiful than my ld ne. I thught that I might be lst in the first week. Luckily my new classmate Zhang Bin is very friendly. He 244 (ffer) t shw me arund the schl when we were available.
In China, we dn’t have s much hmewrk 245 (d) every day. If I listen t the teachers carefully, I can finish my hmewrk quickly. T keep 246 (healthily), ur schl prvides us with sprts instruments t exercise, s we can spend 247 (we) free time playing ping-png, basketball r running. Smetimes we like t listen t pp music and watch 248 (mvie) at the cinema.
Time flies s quickly and I 249 (be) in the new schl fr tw mnths. I get many 250 (student) help. I start enjying my schl life here. I am always having s much fun!
【答案】
241．recently 242．ends 243．bigger 244．ffered 245．t d 246．healthy
247．ur 248．mvies 249．have been 250．students’
【导语】本文主要介绍了来自古巴的汤姆搬到中国后，发现中国的校园生活和古巴的校园生活不一样。
241．句意：我来自古巴，但最近我搬到了中国。此处修饰动词mved用副词recently“最近”。故填recently。
242．句意：中国的学校早上8点开始上课，下午4点50分结束。and前后动词形式保持一致，故此处动词用单三形式ends“结束”。故填ends。
243．句意：因为它比我的老学校更大、更漂亮。根据“mre beautiful”可知此处用比较级bigger“更大”。故填bigger。
244．句意：当我们有空的时候，他主动提出带我参观学校。根据“when we were available.”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式ffered“主动提出”。故填ffered。
245．句意：在中国，我们没有那么多的家庭作业每天要做。根据“have s much hmewrk...”可知此处用动词不定式作定语。故填t d。
246．句意：为了保持健康，我们学校为我们提供了运动器材，这样我们就可以把空闲时间用来打乒乓球、打篮球或跑步。keep healthy“保持健康”。故填healthy。
247．句意：为了保持健康，我们学校为我们提供了运动器材，这样我们就可以把空闲时间用来打乒乓球、打篮球或跑步。空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词ur“我们的”。故填ur。
248．句意：有时我们喜欢在电影院听流行音乐和看电影。此处表示泛指用名词复数mvies“电影”。故填mvies。
249．句意：时间过得太快了，我在新学校已经两个月了。根据“fr tw mnths”可知句子用现在完成时，主语是I，助动词用have。故填have been。
250．句意：我得到了许多学生的帮助。空格后是名词，根据“many”可知此处用名词复数的所有格students’“学生们的”。故填students’。
（2023·四川乐山·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填写1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
Once upn a time, there was a wise ld man wh had seven sns. But his sns 251 (are) always fighting. It made sme bad peple happy because they wanted t cheat（欺骗）the brthers ut f their 252 (father) mney.
One day, the father decided t help his sns stp 253 (fight), s he brught them tgether. He tied seven chpsticks tgether, and said, “I will give all f my mney t 254 ne wh can break this bundle（捆）.”
The seven sns each tried 255 (break) the chpsticks, but it was t hard. They agreed that it was impssible.
“Yet, my sns,” said the father, “it’s actually easy t d.”
He untied the chpsticks and brke them ne 256 ne easily.
“Aha!” said his sns, “It’s easy t d that way. Anyne can d it.”
The father 257 (g) n, “As it is with these chpsticks, s it is with yu, my sns. If yu stick tgether and help each ther, yu will d well, and nbdy can harm yu. But if yu fight, yu will be like these chpsticks, brken 258 weak.”
The seven sns listened 259 (careful) and prmised t stick tgether. They kept their prmise and faced life’s 260 (difficulty) tgether, just as their wise father had taught them.
【答案】
251．were 252．father’s 253．fighting 254．the 255．t break 256．by 257．went 258．and 259．carefully 260．difficulties
【导语】本文讲述了一个睿智的父亲用一捆筷子教会七个儿子要团结的故事。
251．句意：但是他的儿子们总是争吵。根据上一句“Once upn a time, there was a wise ld man wh had seven sns.”可知，这是在讲述故事，句子应用一般过去时，主语his sns为复数名词，因此应用are的过去式were。故填were。
252．句意：这让一些坏人很高兴，因为他们想骗取兄弟们的父亲的钱。mney为名词，此处应用father的名词所有格father’s来修饰名词mney。故填father’s。
253．句意：有一天，父亲决定帮助他的儿子们停止战斗，于是他把他们召集在一起。根据“stp”可知此处应用动词短语stp ding sth表示“停止做某事”，动词fight的动名词为fighting。故填fighting。
254．句意：我会把我所有的钱都给那个能折断这捆筷子的人。根据“ne wh”可知wh引导限制性定语从句，修饰代词ne，因此其前应用定冠词the来表特指。故填the。
255．句意：七个儿子都努力去折断筷子，但是太难了。根据“tried”可知此处应用动词短语try t d sth表示“努力做某事”，动词break的不定式为t break。故填t break。
256．句意：他解开筷子，轻而易举地把它们一根一根地折断。根据“ne…ne”可知此处应用ne by ne来表示“一个接一个地”。故填by。
257．句意：父亲继续说道：“我的儿子们，正如这些筷子一样，你们也是如此。如果你们团结一致，互相帮助，你们会做得很好，没有人可以伤害你们。但如果你们打架，你们会像这双筷子一样，又碎又弱。”结合语境，句子应用一般过去时，动词g的过去式为went。故填went。
258．句意：父亲继续说道：“我的儿子们，正如这些筷子一样，你们也是如此。如果你们团结一致，互相帮助，你们会做得很好，没有人可以伤害你们。但如果你们打架，你们会像这双筷子一样，又碎又弱。”根据“brken”和“weak”可知此处应用表示并列关系的连词and来连接两个形容词。故填and。
259．句意：七个儿子认真地听着，并保证会团结一致。listened为动词，此处应用careful的副词carefully来修饰动词。故填carefully。
260．句意：他们信守诺言，共同面对生活中的困难，正如他们睿智的父亲教导他们的那样。根据“faced life’s”可知此处应用名词difficult的复数形式difficulties来表示“面对生活中的困难”。故填difficulties。
（2023·湖北孝感·统考中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内单词的正确形式填空。（每空不超过三个单词)
Once there was a king, whse sn was badly ill. Only the water frm a lake far away culd save the prince. The king prmised t pay half f his gld 261 the water.
The news reached a farmer wh had tw 262 (sn) and a daughter. “Let’s lk fr the water.” said the tw brthers. They traveled a lt, 263 they still didn’t find it. S they brught sme water frm 264 river nearby. Of curse, the prince gt 265 (bad) than befre. The king became angry and he wuld kill the tw brthers.
The farmer’s yung daughter Tina decided t lk fr the water by herself. She walked fr a lng time, and stpped 266 (have) a rest under a tree. She nticed three birds, tired and hungry. “Birds, take sme f my crn!” she said.
“Thank yu! Where are yu ging?” asked the birds. Tina tld 267 (they) the stry. “A lng and 268 (danger) jurney! Maybe yu need ur help.” said the birds. They ffered her a magic(神奇的) leaf. “Make a wish, and shake the leaf. Yur wish will cme true.” Tina made a wish t get t the lake 269 (quick). She shk the leaf, and then there she was!
Tina gt the magic water and brught it t the king. The prince 270 (save). “Take half f my gld!” said the king. Tina didn’t want the gld. She nly asked the king t free her tw brthers. The king agreed.
Finally, Tina and her tw brthers went hme tgether.
【答案】
261．fr 262．sns 263．but 264．a 265．wrse 266．t have 267．them 268．dangerus 269．quickly 270．was saved
【导语】本文主要讲述了农夫的女儿蒂娜找水救了王子，从而也解救了自己的两个哥哥的故事。
261．句意：国王答应用他一半的金子买水。根据“pay half f his gld water.”可知，此处是短语“为……支付……”，故填fr。
262．句意：这个消息传到了一个有两个儿子和一个女儿的农民那里。tw后跟名词sn的复数形式，故填sns。
263．句意：他们跑了很多地方，但还是没找到。“They traveled a lt”和“ they still didn’t find it.”在句意上是转折关系，所以用but连接，故填but。
264．句意：于是他们从附近的河里打了一些水来。根据“... river ”可知，此处泛指附近的一条河里，且river首字母发元音音素，所以用不定冠词a，故填a。
265．句意：当然，王子的病情比以前更严重了。由than可知，此处用形容词bad的比较级wrse。故填wrse。
266．句意：她走了很长一段时间，然后在一棵树下停下来休息。根据“ stpped ... a rest under a tree”可知，是停下来去休息，stp t d sth“停下来做某事”，所以空处用动词不定式，故填t have。
267．句意：蒂娜给他们讲了这个故事。空处作tld的宾语，所以用they的宾格them，故填them。
268．句意：漫长而危险的旅程！and连接两个并列成分，结合lng可知，空处应用danger的形容词dangerus“危险的”，故填dangerus。
269．句意：蒂娜许愿要快点到湖边去。空处修饰动词get t，所以用quick的副词形式quickly“快速地”。故填quickly。
270．句意：王子得救了。主语是动作save的承受者，所以用被动语态，全文是一般过去时，所以此处是一般过去时的被动语态，主语是The prince ，be动词用was，save的过去分词是saved，故填was saved。
（2023·福建·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据语境或所给单词的提示，在每个空格内填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
Niejiazhuang Village in Weifang is famus fr clred clay sculpture handicraft (泥塑手工艺), which dates back t the Ming Dynasty. The Weifang gvernment has 1 (encurage) lcal peple t learn traditinal handicraft and make mre mney t get rid f pverty(脱贫).
Nie Peng 2 (be) a yung villager in Niejiazhuang. He is crazy abut clay sculpture handicraft. He began learning it frm his father when he was 3 child. He has led lts f yung craftsmen (手艺人) in and near 4 (he) village t make clred clay sculptures and the handicraft has becme an imprtant way fr lcal peple t get 5 (rich) than befre.
The tiger is a typical subject fr clred clay sculptures. Nie 6 (start) t learn t make clay tigers in 2010, the Year f the Tiger. Over these years, he has seen the develpment f the art frm. 7 first, the clay tigers were all f the same small size. Nw there are tigers f different 8 (size) and the largest can be ver tw meters tall. The tigers used t be clred pink and green, but nw have becme mre clrful.
Tday Nie cares fr the future f clay sculpture handicraft 9 encurages yung craftsmen t create mre wrks. He 10 (real) hpes that the sculpture handicraft will be passed dwn t the next generatin.
【答案】
1．encuraged 2．is 3．a 4．his 5．richer 6．started 7．At 8．sizes 9．and 10．really
【导语】本文主要介绍了潍坊的聂家庄村以彩泥塑工艺品闻名。
1．句意：潍坊市政府鼓励当地人学习传统手工艺，多赚钱以摆脱贫困。根据has可知，时态是现在完成时，动词用过去分词，故填encuraged。
2．句意：聂鹏是聂家庄的一位年轻村民。此处是说明一个事实，主语是单数，be动词用is，故填is。
3．句意：当他还是个孩子的时候，他就开始向父亲学习。此处是泛指一个孩子，child以辅音音素开头，应用a，故填a。
4．句意：他带领村里和附近的许多年轻工匠制作彩泥塑，手工业成为当地人比以前更富有的重要途径。空后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
5．句意：他带领村里和附近的许多年轻工匠制作彩泥塑，手工业成为当地人比以前更富有的重要途径。根据“than”可知，应用比较级，故填richer。
6．句意：2010年虎年，聂开始学习制作泥虎。根据“in 2010”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填started。
7．句意：起初，粘土老虎都是一样的小尺寸。at first“起初”，是固定表达，故填At。
8．句意：现在有不同大小的老虎，最大的可以超过两米高。size“大小”，可数名词，different后加可数名词复数，故填sizes。
9．句意：今天，聂关心泥塑手工艺的未来，鼓励年轻工匠创作更多的作品。前后句是并列关系，应用and，故填and。
10．句意：他真希望雕塑手艺能传给下一代。real是形容词，修饰动词hpes，应用副词，故填really。
（2023·浙江丽水·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Kendall Rae Jhnsn spends a lt f time playing in the dirt. She has 11 huge garden that prduces ver 100 punds f fd each year!
Kendall Rae 12 (begin) gardening at age three, when her great-grandmther gave her sme fresh cllard greens. Kendall Rae says, “Grandma Kate tld 13 (I), ‘Dn’t thrw away the stems, because if yu put them in the grund, they will grw back.’” She tried it and the stems 14 (real) grew new leaves.
Sn after, her parents put in a backyard garden. 15 her friends came t their huse, Kendall Rae enjyed sharing what she knew abut farming. She says, “My friends wuld help me water 16 care fr the plants. They started t enjy farming, t.” At age six, she became the yungest certified farmer 17 her hmetwn.
Tday, her garden has grwn t include sixty plant beds and twelve 18 (tree)! When the vegetables and fruits are ripe(成熟), Kendall Rae sells sme f them 19 (make) mney. She als invites peple wh dn’t have enugh fd t take what they need. “If 20 (many) kids jin us, ur cmmunity will surely becme better,” says Kendall Rae. “Grwing fd takes a lt f wrk, but tgether we can d it.”
【答案】
11．а 12．began 13．me 14．really 15．When 16．and 17．in 18．trees 19．t make 20．mre
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍喜欢种植的肯德尔·雷·约翰逊。
11．句意：她有一个巨大的花园，每年生产超过100磅的食物！此处泛指一个花园，huge首字母发辅音音素，故填а。
12．句意：肯德尔·雷三岁时开始园艺，当时她的曾祖母给了她一些新鲜的羽衣甘蓝。根据“at age three”可知，是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填began。
13．句意：肯德尔·雷说：“凯特奶奶告诉我，‘不要扔掉茎，因为如果你把它们埋在地里，它们会重新长出来的。’”此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填me。
14．句意：她试了试，茎真的长出了新叶。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填really。
15．句意：当朋友们来她家做客时，肯德尔·雷喜欢分享她对农业的了解。根据“ friends came t their huse, Kendall Rae enjyed sharing what she knew abut farming.”可知，当朋友们来做客时，肯德尔·雷会分享对农业的了解，用when引导时间状语从句。故填When。
16．句意：我的朋友会帮我浇水和照顾植物。前后构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
17．句意：六岁时，她成为了家乡最年轻的持证农民。in her hmetwn“在她的家乡”，故填in。
18．句意：今天，她的花园已经发展到包括60个植物床和12棵树！twelve修饰可数名词复数，故填trees。
19．句意：当蔬菜和水果成熟时，肯德尔·雷会卖掉一些来赚钱。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填t make。
20．句意：如果有更多的孩子加入我们，我们的社区肯定会变得更好。根据“ur cmmunity will surely becme better”可知，此处应使用比较级，mre“更多”符合语境，故填mre。
（2023·河北·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词（有提示词的，填入所给单词的正确形式）。
My favrite teacher is Mr. Zha. He has made 21 big difference in my life. I was 22 (real) shy and nervus n the first day at schl. But Mr. Zha was 23 kind that I sn frgt abut that. In 24 (he) first class, he asked us t draw a picture f urselves.
When he 25 (get) t my desk, he lked at my picture and said, “Ww! I like thse bright 26 (clr)! That’s great!” I felt 27 (relax) at nce. Mr. Zha is patient and he always 28 (tell) us nt t wrry abut giving wrng answers. Als, he shws us hw t learn 29 ur mistakes. Nw I am in the 30 (nine) grade, and I’m leaving schl. I will remember all the suggestins he has given me.
【答案】
21．a 22．really 23．s 24．his 25．gt 26．clrs 27．relaxed 28．tells 29．frm 30．ninth
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者最喜爱的老师。
21．句意：他给我的生活带来了很大的改变。make a big difference“有很大影响”。故填a。
22．句意：上学的第一天，我非常害羞和紧张。此处修饰形容词shy用副词really“真地”。故填really。
23．句意：但是赵老师太好了，我很快就忘记了。根据“kind that I sn frgt abut that”可知此处是“如此……以至于”结构。故填s。
24．句意：在他的第一节课上，他让我们给自己画一幅画。空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词his“他的”。故填his。
25．句意：当他走到我的桌子旁时，他看着我的照片说。根据“he lked...”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填gt。
26．句意：我喜欢那些鲜艳的颜色！thse后加可数名词复数clrs“颜色”。故填clrs。
27．句意：我立刻感到放松。作felt的表语用形容词，形容人用relaxed“放松的”。故填relaxed。
28．句意：赵老师很有耐心，他总是告诉我们不要担心回答错误。根据“Mr. Zha is patient and he always...”可知句子用一般现在时，主语是he，谓语动词用单三tells“告诉”。故填tells。
29．句意：他还向我们展示了如何从错误中吸取教训。learn frm“从……中学习”。故填frm。
30．句意：现在我上九年级了，我要离开学校了。此处指“九年级”，用序数词ninth“第九”。故填ninth。
（2023·山东滨州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词成情态动词。
An idl is smene wh we respect r lve. Hwever, unlike many f my classmates, my idl is nt a film star, a famus writer r a sprtsman, my idl is my dad.
Mst peple believe that a man 31 (g) ut and wrk. Hwever, when I was nly a five-year-ld by, I was 32 (serius) ill and needed attentin all the time. My dad knew hw much my mum lved her jb, s he stpped 33 (wrk) t stay at hme and lk after me. Many men in this situatin wuld want their 34 (wife) t stay with the child, but my dad always thinks abut 35 (ther) befre himself. This made me start t respect him.
My dad later tk a jb and wrked at night. He chse the jb s that he wuld nly be ut f the huse when I was sleeping. Since then, my dad 36 (help) and supprted me in everything I d. I remember when I was learning t ride a bike, my dad ran behind me and held the back f the bicyele s that I wuld nt fall. I 37 (feel) s safe because I knew he was near. Sn, I was able t ride by 38 (I).
My family is nt rich, and we d nt wn a big huse r an expensive car. My dad has shwn me that smething is 39 (imprtant) than mney. Althugh he nw wrks hard every day and is ften very busy, he always makes time 40 (stay) with me. He helps me with my hmewrk, and plays games with me n weekends. He has als taught me that I can achieve anything if I really wrk hard n it.
My dad is my idl because he shwed me the mst imprtant things in life.
【答案】
shuld g 32．seriusly 33．wrking 34．wives 35．thers
36．has helped 37．felt 38．myself 39．mre imprtant 40．t stay
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者的父亲是自己的偶像，并介绍了父亲为作者所做的事情。
31．句意：大多数人认为男人应该出去工作。根据“Mst peple believe that a ”可知大部分认为男人应该出去工作，应该：shuld，情态动词后加动词原形。故填shuld g。
32．句意：然而，当我还是一个五岁的男孩时，我病得很重，一直需要照顾。修饰形容词ill用副词seriusly“严重地”。故填seriusly。
33．句意：所以他停止了工作，留在家里照顾我。wrk“工作”，根据“t stay at hme and lk after me”可知他停止了工作，留在家照顾我，stp ding sth.“停止做某事”。故填wrking。
34．句意：很多处于这种情况的男人都希望他们的妻子留在孩子身边，但我爸爸总是先考虑别人，然后再考虑自己。根据“Many men”可知此处用名词复数wives“妻子”。故填wives。
35．句意：很多处于这种情况的男人都希望他们的妻子留在孩子身边，但我爸爸总是先考虑别人，然后再考虑自己。根据“thinks abut...”可知是考虑其他人，thers“其他人”。故填thers。
36．句意：从那以后，我爸爸在我做的每件事上都帮助和支持我。help“帮助”，根据“Since then”可知句子用现在完成时，主语是my dad，助动词用has。故填has helped。
37．句意：我感到很安全，因为我知道他就在附近。根据“I knew...”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式felt“感觉”。故填felt。
38．句意：很快，我就可以自己骑车了。根据“I was able t ride by...”可知是会自己骑车，用反身代词myself“我自己”。故填myself。
39．句意：我爸爸告诉我，有些东西比金钱更重要。根据“than”可知此处用比较级mre imprtant“更重要”。故填mre imprtant。
40．句意：但他总是抽出时间和我在一起。stay“待”，分析句子可知，“makes time”的目的是“stay with me”，作目的状语用动词不定式。故填t stay。
（2023·浙江台州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Yu dn’t need t wait until yu’re an adult t take part in cmmunity service. Yu can develp gd habits nw. Cmmunity service is a great way t make 41 difference in yur neighbrhd. Yu als can enjy 42 (spend) time with friends and meeting new peple. Here are sme ideas fr yu t start 43 (quick).
D yu play an instrument r lve t draw? Offer t give free cncerts at a senir center r spread yur lve f art by giving 44 (lessn) t yunger children. Yu can never imagine 45 happy yu will be after that.
D yu live near a public park? Yu can vlunteer 46 (plant) r clean up the park. Yu’ll bring pleasure 47 everyne wh uses the park.
D yu knw any sick r disabled peple in yur neighbrhd? Offer t d yard wrk fr 48 (they). Sweep the flr and 49 (d) the dishes. Or just stp by fr a friendly visit with sme fd.
Des yur schl encurage a buddy (伙伴) system? Yu can set up buddy systems which cnnect lder children with 50 (yung) nes. Buddies ften spend time tgether reading bks. Helping a yung persn grw int a smart reader is a gift that keeps n giving.
【答案】
41．a 42．spending 43．quickly 44．lessns 45．hw 46．t plant 47．t/fr 48．them 49．d 50．yunger
【导语】本文主要介绍了如何快速开始社区服务。
41．句意：社区服务是一个很好的方式来改变你的社区。make a difference“有影响”。故填a。
42．句意：你还可以享受与朋友共度时光和结识新朋友的乐趣。enjy ding sth.“喜欢做某事”。故填spending。
43．句意：以下是一些快速开始的想法。修饰动词start用副词quickly“快速地”。故填quickly。
44．句意：在老年中心举办免费音乐会，或者通过给年幼的孩子上课来传播你对艺术的热爱。此处表泛指用名词复数lessns“课”。故填lessns。
45．句意：你永远无法想象在那之后你会有多幸福。根据“happy yu will be”可知是多么开心，用hw引导宾语从句。故填hw。
46．句意：你可以自愿种植或打扫公园。plant“种植”，vlunteer t d sth.“自愿做某事”。故填t plant。
47．句意：你会给每个使用公园的人带来快乐。bring sth. t/fr sb.“给某人带来某物”。故填t/fr。
48．句意：主动提出为他们做庭院工作。此处作介词fr的宾语用代词宾格them“他们”。故填them。
49．句意：扫地洗碗。或者只是顺道拜访一下，带上一些食物。此处动词和sweep并列，故此处用动词原形。故填d。
50．句意：你可以建立好友系统，将年龄较大的孩子与年龄较小的孩子联系起来。根据“lder children ”可知是将较大的孩子和较年轻的孩子联系起来，用比较级yunger“更年轻的”。故填yunger。
（2023·四川眉山·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Lixia, r the Start f Summer, is the 51 (seven) f the 24 Chinese slar terms (节气) which falls n May 6 f this year. It symblizes (象征) the passing frm spring 52 summer.
With the heat f summer, plants and crps will begin t grw much 53 (fast). S farmers are always happy t welcme the arrival f Lixia. This is 54 best time f the year t plant early rice in the suthern part f China. Chinese has plenty f ld sayings 55 are used t warn peple nt t be lazy during this perid f time.
In China, peple celebrate the day f Lixia in different ways. Fr example, in sme places peple ck “Five-Clred Rice”. Usually, it 56 (make) frm five kinds f beans (豆)—mung bean, red bean, yellw bean, black bean and green bean. It stands fr peple’s gd wishes fr a clrful life. Peple als have the custm f 57 (eat) sme different kinds f fresh fruits and vegetables. On the day f Lixia, children will wear a bag with an egg arund their necks in sme areas. This is believed t help keep 58 (they) safe and healthy. Other 59 (traditin) f Lixia include the singing f beautiful flk sngs. And peple als weigh themselves n Lixia. When the summer 60 (pass), they’ll weigh themselves again t see hw many punds they have lst during the ht seasn.
【答案】
51．seventh 52．t 53．faster 54．the 55．which/that 56．is made 57．eating 58．them 59．traditins 60．passes
【导语】本文主要介绍了立夏这个节气。
51．句意：立夏是中国24个节气中的第七个。此处指“第七个”节气，用序数词seventh“第七”。故填seventh。
52．句意：它象征着从春天到夏天的过渡。“从……到”。故填t。
53．句意：随着夏季的炎热，植物和作物将开始生长得更快。much修饰比较级faster“更快”。故填faster。
54．句意：在中国南方，这是一年中种植早稻的最佳时间。空格后是最高级，此处用定冠词the。故填the。
55．句意：中国有很多古老的谚语用来警告人们在这段时间不要懒惰。句子是定语从句，先行词是sayings，关系词在从句中作主语，用which/that引导定语从句。故填which/that。
56．句意：通常，它是由五种豆子制成的。be made frm“由……制成”，句子用一般现在时，主语是it，be动词用is。故填is made。
57．句意：人们也有吃一些不同种类的新鲜水果和蔬菜的习俗。介词f后加动名词。故填eating。
58．句意：这被认为有助于保持他们的安全和健康。根据“help and healthy”可知是让他们保持安全和健康，作宾语用代词宾格them“他们”。故填them。
59．句意：立夏的其他传统包括唱优美的民歌。ther后加可数名词复数traditins“传统”。故填traditins。
60．句意：当夏天过去时，他们会再次称体重，看看自己在炎热的季节减掉了多少磅。pass“通过”，句子是if引导的条件状语从句，从句用一般现在时，主语是the summer，谓语动词用单数。故填passes。
（2023·浙江杭州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。将答案填写在答题纸的相应位置。
Traffic Schl
Have yu ever driven thrugh a red traffic light? Have yu ever parked in the wrng place r driven 61 (fast) than the speed limit (限制)? The answers are prbably “yes”. Every year 62 (thusand) f drivers becme “ffenders”-they break the rules f the rad. But 63 are the punishments fr this ffence?
In mst cuntries drivers have t pay a fine (罚款), 64 (usual) $100—$300. But in the USA, Australia and sme 65 (Eurpe) cuntries ffenders als get pints n their driving license. After they get 66 certain number f pints, they can’t drive.
Life is difficult when yu can’t drive. S far sme states in the USA 67 (intrduce) a new way t avid this-Traffic Schl. Offenders have a chice: They can get pints n their license 68 they can d a curse at Traffic Schl.
Traffic Schls run “driver imprvement curses”. They cst abut $100 and take frm fur 69 twelve hurs. Mst peple d the curse in a classrm, but in sme states drivers can d the curse nline. Drivers learn the rules f the rad and they learn hw 70 (be) better drivers. They dn’t have t take a driving test, but at the end f the curse they have t pass a written examinatin.
【答案】
61．faster 62．thusands 63．what 64．usually 65．Eurpean 66．a 67．have intrduced 68．if 69．t 70．t be
【导语】本文主要介绍了人们在不同国家违反交通规则的处理方法。
61．句意：你是否曾把车停错地方或超速驾驶？根据“than”可知空处需用比较级。故填faster。
62．句意：每年都有成千上万的司机成为“违规者”——他们违反交通规则。空前无具体数字，需用thusands f“数以千计的”表示泛指。故填thusands。
63．句意：但是这种罪行的惩罚是什么呢？根据“are the punishments fr this ffence?”可知是询问处罚是什么。what表示“什么”。故填what。
64．句意：在大多数国家，司机必须支付罚款，通常是100到300美元。修饰动词，需用副词形式usually表示“通常”。故填usually。
65．句意：但在美国、澳大利亚和一些欧洲国家，违规者的驾驶执照也会被扣分。修饰名词“cuntries”，需用形容词作定语。Eurpean“欧洲的”。故填Eurpean。
66．句意：在他们得到一定数量的分数之后，他们就不能开车了。a certain number f表示“一定数量的……”。故填a。
67．句意：到目前为止，美国的一些州已经推出了一种新的方法来避免这种情况——交通学校。根据“S far”可知本句需用现在完成时(have/has dne)，主语是复数，助动词用have。故填have intrduced。
68．句意：违法者有一个选择：如果他们能在交通学校学习课程，他们可以在驾照上获得分数。分析句子可知，前句是后句是肯定条件，需用if表示“如果”。故填if。
69．句意：它们花费大约100美元，需要4到12个小时。表示“从……到……”，固定短语。故填t。
70．句意：司机学习道路规则，他们学习如何成为更好的司机。hw t d sth表示“如何做某事”。故填t be。
（2023·江苏苏州·统考中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Dancing with the Light
A few years ag, I visited the Classical Gardens f Suzhu. During the visit, my attentin was drawn away frm the plants, bridges and stnes, twards 71 walls f the gardens. Mstly white, sme parts f the walls are lsing small 72 (piece) f their cvering. This creates space in which light and plants can be 73 (see). The walls are nt nly the bundaries f the gardens, but they als frm prtected paths that guide yu n a trip.
The memry f the white walls stayed with me. I kept 74 (imagine) hw many shadws (影) culd be cllected by them t dance with the light. This fantastic mment was s lively 75 I came back t explre it with my camera.
Wrking 76 (free) with these walls and their marks, I began t feel like cllecting all the stries that were painted there. Weather and time have turned these 77 (amaze) white walls int Chinese landscape paintings.
I 78 (take) the phts during the mnth f June, just after the rain. The air was full f small drps f water, shwing the light and the clr 79 the things arund. As clr was brn ut f a dance between light and a bdy, when phtgraphing in clr I fund 80 (I) enjying a mment f this dance.
【答案】
71．the 72．pieces 73．seen 74．imagining 75．that 76．freely 77．amazing 78．tk 79．f 80．myself
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者参观苏州古典园林的经历。
71．句意：在参观期间，我的注意力从植物、桥梁和石头上转移到了花园的墙壁上。根据“walls f the gardens.”可知此处是特指花园的墙壁，应用定冠词the，故填the。
72．句意：大部分墙壁是白色的，有些部分正在失去小块的覆盖物。piece“块”，可数名词，此处应用复数表示泛指，故填pieces。
73．句意：这创造了可以看到光线和植物的空间。see是动词，根据“can be”可知是含有情态动词can的被动语态can be dne，故填seen。
74．句意：我一直在想象，它们能收集多少影子，与光共舞。keep ding sth“一直做某事”，为固定短语，故填imagining。
75．句意：这个奇妙的时刻是如此的生动，以至于我带着相机回来探索它。根据“s came back t explre it with my camera.”可知此处是“如此……以至于……”引导的结果状语从句，故填that。
76．句意：在这些墙壁和它们的标记上自由地工作，我开始想收集所有画在那里的故事。free是形容词，此处修饰动词应用副词freely，故填freely。
77．句意：天气和时间把这些令人惊叹的白墙变成了中国山水画。空后是名词，所以此处应用形容词amazing“令人惊奇的”修饰物，故填amazing。
78．句意：这些照片是我在六月雨后拍摄的。take是动词，根据语境和后句可知，本句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填tk。
79．句意：空气中充满了小水滴，显示出周围事物的光和颜色。根据“the things arund”可知是指周围事物的颜色，应用f所有格，表示“……的”，故填f。
80．句意：因为色彩是光与身体之间的舞蹈而产生的，所以当我拍摄彩色照片时，我发现自己在享受这种舞蹈的时刻。根据“I a mment f this dance.”可知主语是I，所以宾语应该用反身代词myself，故填myself。
（2023·湖南衡阳·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填一个适当的词或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Our family bught a new smart TV set last week. It is 81 (real) cl! But we didn’t knw what we shuld d 82 the ld ne. Then I 83 (see) an advertisement (广告) fr Tech-Help. Tech-Help dnates smart TV sets t peple wh need them.
84 far, Tech- Help has dnated (捐赠) 85 (many) than 2,000 smart TV sets t different families acrss the cuntry. Last year they gave smart TV sets t pr families. 86 is very easy t dnate smart TV sets t Tech-Help. Yesterday, my brther 87 I tk the ld smart TV set t a lcal shp. Tw 88 (hur) later, Tech-Help cllected it frm the shp. They will clean the smart TV set and make it better.
Right nw, Tech-Help is giving smart TV sets t families in Xinjiang. There are abut 50 families n the 89 (wait) list. They believe they will get the smart TV sets sn. I’m 90 (excite) we culd d smething t help thers!
【答案】
81．really 82．with 83．saw 84．S 85．mre 86．It 87．and 88．hurs 89．waiting 90．excited
【导语】本文介绍了上周作者家买了一台新电视，如何处理旧的就成了问题，幸好看到了Tech-Help，在它的帮助下，作者和哥哥将旧电视捐赠给了需要的人。
81．句意：它真的很酷！cl是形容词，所以应用副词really修饰，故填really。
82．句意：但我们不知道该怎么处理旧的。此处是固定短语d with“处理”，故填with。
83．句意：然后我看到了一则Tech-Help的广告。see“看见”，动词。根据前句可知句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填saw。
84．句意：到目前为止，Tech-Help已经向全国各地的不同家庭捐赠了2000多台智能电视。根据“, Tech- Help has dnated...”可知本句是现在完成时，所以应用时间状语s far“到目前为止”，故填S。
85．句意：到目前为止，Tech-Help已经向全国各地的不同家庭捐赠了2000多台智能电视。根据“than”可知应用比较级mre，故填mre。
86．句意：向Tech-Help捐赠智能电视机非常容易。此处是动词不定式作真正的主语，it作形式主语，故填It。
87．句意：昨天，我和哥哥把那台旧的智能电视带到当地的一家商店。根据“my tk the ld smart TV set t a lcal shp.”可知空处前后是并列关系，应用and连接，故填and。
88．句意：两小时后，Tech-Help从商店取走了它。hur“小时”，可数名词，tw后加名词复数，故填hurs。
89．句意：大约有50个家庭在等候名单上。wait是动词，此处应用其ing形式作定语修饰list，故填waiting。
90．句意：我很高兴我们能做些事情来帮助别人！excite“激动”，此处是作表语，应用形容词，修饰人，应用excited，故填excited。
（2023·湖南怀化·统考中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Many peple ften leave their hmetwns t wrk in the cities. Zhang Bin, 91 46-year- ld man frm Huaihua, is ne such persn. He 92 (wrk) in a she factry in Wenzhu. He 93 (real) misses his hmetwn.
Mre and mre hmetwns are develping 94 (fast) than befre. Large hspitals and new schls are built. There are many new rads and 95 (bridge). This has made traveling between villages 96 cities much easier. Thanks t the new rads arund his village, Zhang Bin will nw be able 97 (pen) an nline shp that sells delicius fd frm his hmetwn.
Zhang Bin thinks the changes 98 (be) great in his hmetwn. He is very happy abut the new schl in his village. 99 , he believes that ne thing will never change — the lvely ld tree. The hmetwn is the place that hlds 100 (he) best memries.
【答案】
a 92．wrks 93．really 94．faster 95．bridges
96．and 97．t pen 98．are 99．Hwever 100．his
【导语】本文主要以张斌为例，讲述了一些离开家乡去城市里工作的人发现家乡发生了很大的变化。
91．句意：来自怀化的46岁男子张斌就是这样一个人。此处表示泛指，且46对应的英文是frty-six，是以辅音音素开头的，故填a。
92．句意：他在温州的一家鞋厂工作。此句是一般现在时，主语He是第三人称单数形式，动词用三单，故填wrks。
93．句意：他非常想念他的家乡。此空修饰动词misses，应填副词really，故填really。
94．句意：越来越多的家乡比以前发展得快。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填faster。
95．句意：有许多新的道路和桥。此空与rads构成并列关系，所以此空应填复数形式，故填bridges。
96．句意：这使得乡村和城市之间的旅行更加容易。between…and“在……和……之间”，故填and。
97．句意：由于村里修了新路，张斌现在可以开网店卖家乡的美食了。be able t d sth“能够做某事”，故填t pen。
98．句意：张斌认为家乡的变化很大。此句是一般现在时，主语changes是复数形式，be动词用are，故填are。
99．句意：然而，他相信有一件事永远不会改变——那棵可爱的老树。“he believes that ne thing will never change — the lvely ld tree”与前文是转折关系，此空位于句首，且空格后有逗号隔开，应填副词hwever“然而”，故填Hwever。
100．句意：家乡是拥有他最美好的回忆的地方。此空修饰名词memries，应填形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
（2023·浙江绍兴·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
When Reshma Ksaraju was 12, her family 101 (mve) frm Chicag t Nrthern Califrnia. Sn after, the Camp Fire started. “It was ne f 102 (big) fires in Califrnia histry,” Reshma, nw 17, tld TIME fr Kids. 103 her schl was abut 320 kilmeters suth f the fire, students still had t wear masks (面罩) because 104 the smke. “It is an unusual experience fr me, because I have never 105 (real) experienced this prblem,” she said. S she hped 106 (deal) with the prblem. Later she created a 107 (use) way t predict frest fires with artificial intelligence (人工智能). Her methd is nearly 90% right. “ 108 realized that if I culd succeed, the results culd make 109 big difference. Fr example, the envirnment can be helped and many 110 (life) can be saved,” Reshma said.
【答案】
101．mved 102．the biggest 103．Thugh/Althugh 104．f 105．really 106．t deal 107．useful 108．I 109．a 110．lives
【导语】本文主要介绍Reshma Ksaraju发明人工智能预测森林火灾的方法。
101．句意：当Reshma Ksaraju 12岁时，她的家人从芝加哥搬到了北加州。根据“When Reshma Ksaraju was 12”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填mved。
102．句意：这是加州历史上最大的火灾之一。此处是“ne f+the+最高级+名词复数”结构，故填the biggest。
103．句意：虽然她的学校在火灾以南约320公里处，但由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上口罩。分析“ schl was abut 320 kilmeters suth f the fire, students still had t wear masks...”可知，前后构成让步关系，用thugh/althugh引导让步状语从句。故填Thugh/Althugh。
104．句意：虽然她的学校在火灾以南约320公里处，但由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上口罩。根据“students still had t wear masks (面罩) smke”可知，由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上口罩，because f“因为”符合语境，故填f。
105．句意：对我来说是一次不寻常的经历，因为我从来没有真正经历过这个问题。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填really。
106．句意：所以她希望能解决这个问题。hpe t d sth“希望做某事”，故填t deal。
107．句意：后来，她发明了一种用人工智能预测森林火灾的有用方法。此处在句中作定语修饰way，useful“有用的”符合语境，故填useful。
108．句意：我意识到，如果我能成功，结果会有很大的不同。此处在句中作主语，结合“ that if I culd succeed”可知，应用I作主语。故填I。
109．句意：我意识到，如果我能成功，结果会有很大的不同。make a big difference“产生重大影响、有很大的不同”，固定短语。故填a。
110．句意：例如，环境可以得到改善，许多生命可以得到拯救。life“生命”，many修饰可数名词复数。故填lives。
（2023·浙江温州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的适当形式。
Tina is a thirteen-year-ld middle schl student. Last year, she went t 111 summer schl in France and stayed with a lcal family, the Truffauts.
At first, things didn’t g well 112 she culdn’t speak French. Simple things like finding the right bus stp became big prblems. The Truffauts helped her a lt and treated her like part f the family. They played 113 (game) and shared traditinal fd with her. Tina was helpful as well. She did sme husewrk with the family every day. On the weekend, she 114 (jin) a cmmunity club and did vlunteer wrk. Fr mst f the time, she used bdy language t cmmunicate. Peple shwed 115 (they) thanks with smiles and she wuld always smile back. Language was nt a prblem 116 her any mre. As a new member f the club, Tina 117 (invite) t have parties with the ther members. Day by day, she made mre friends. Tina began 118 (lve) her new life. “A smile is a secnd language we were brn t speak. It is als the best gift I have gt,” she ften said 119 (prud).
Smiles and a helping hand can always make peple 120 (clse) than a language can.
【答案】
111．a 112．because/as 113．games 114．jined 115．their 116．fr 117．was invited 118．lving/t lve 119．prudly 120．clser
【导语】本文主要讲述了蒂娜如何在法国适应上她的新生活。
111．句意：去年，她去了法国的一所暑期学校，并住在当地的一个家庭，特吕福一家。summer schl为第一次出现，且summer为辅音音素开头的单词，因此应用不定冠词a来泛指“一所暑期学校”。故填a。
112．句意：刚开始，事情进展并不顺利，因为她不会说法语。空格前后两个句子存在语义上的因果关系，前为果，后为因，因此可用because或as来引导原因状语从句。故填because/as。
113．句意：他们和她一起玩游戏，和她分享传统食物。根据“played”可知此处应用动词短语play games表示“玩游戏”。故填games。
114．句意：周末，她加入了一个社区俱乐部，并承担志愿者工作。根据“and did”可知句子采用一般过去时，动词jin的过去式为jined。故填jined。
115．句意：人们用微笑表示感谢，她总是回以微笑。thanks为名词，此处应用人称代词they的形容词性物主代词their修饰名词。故填their。
116．句意：语言对她来说不再是个问题。根据“Language was nt a prblem”可知此处表示语言对她来说不是问题，应用介词fr来表示“对……而言”。故填fr。
117．句意：作为俱乐部的新成员，蒂娜被邀请和其他成员一起聚会。句子应用一般过去时。根据“Tina”和“invite”可知此处应用其被动语态表示“她被邀请”，句子采用一般过去时的被动语态，其谓语结构为：was/were+过去分词，主语Tina为第三人称单数，be动词应用was，动词invite的过去分词为invited。故填was invited。
118．句意：蒂娜开始爱上她的新生活。根据“began”可知此处应用动词短语begin ding sth或begin t d sth表示“开始做某事”，动词lve的动名词为lving，其不定式为t lve。故填lving/t lve。
119．句意：“微笑是我们生来就要说的第二种语言。这也是我得到的最好的礼物，”她经常自豪地说。said为动词，此处应用prud的副词prudly来修饰动词。故填prudly。
120．句意：微笑和伸出援助之手总是比语言更能拉近人们的距离。根据“than”可知此处应用形容词clse的比较级clser。故填clser。
（2023·山东烟台·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文、在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
During this year’s May Day hliday, Yemeni (也门) student Mhammed Saleh Ahmed and his Chinese friends visited Pingya ancient city in Shanxi Prvince. They even experienced the ancient way f getting mney in the 121 (early) bank f China.
“The histrical relics (遗迹) in China’s ancient 122 (city) have made me want t learn mre abut the cuntry’s past,” Mhammed said. In recent years, turism industries have develped 123 (rapid) and these relics have becme new favrites f turists.
Xinzhu ancient city in Shanxi, with a histry f mre than 1,800 years, 124 (have) ver 500 stres and restaurants. During the five-day hliday, Xinzhu ancient city received mre than 400,000 visitrs.
“ 125 (I) restaurant is always busy. During the peak (高峰) seasn, the yard is 126 (crwd) with turists waiting fr dinner,” said Wang Gudng, a businessman 127 wns a restaurant in Xinzhu ancient city.
Geng Yeqiang, an expert frm Shanxi University, said that histrical relics can frm a cultural turism circle during their prtectin and develpment. The prcess can increase lcal ecnmic(经济的) grwth. 128 expert als said, “At the same time, relics prtectin rganizatins and the turism rganizatins shuld wrk tgether 129 (make) this ecnmic mdel better.
When a mdern city meets its ld past, nt nly can the turism be develped better, but the lcal culture and histry can als 130 (knw) by mre peple.
【答案】
121．earliest 122．cities 123．rapidly 124．has had 125．My 126．crwed 127．wh/that 128．The 129．t make 130．be knwn
【导语】本文通过以山西平遥古城和忻州古城为例，讲述了开发文化旅游圈不仅可以促进当地的经济增长还可以宣传当地的文化和历史。
121．句意：他们甚至在中国最早的银行里体验了古老的取钱方式。根据“in the ... bank f China.”可知，句中含比较之意，the后跟形容词最高级，early的最高级是earliest。故填earliest。
122．句意：中国古城的历史遗迹使我想更多地了解这个国家城市的过去。city“可数名词”，此处是泛指城市，所以用其复数形式，故填cities。
123．句意：近年来，旅游业发展迅速，这些遗迹已成为游客的新宠。rapid“迅速的”，此处修饰动词develped，应用其副词形式rapidly“迅速地”，故填rapidly。
124．句意：山西忻州古城有1800多年的历史，有500多家商店和餐馆。根据“with a histry f mre than 1,800 years, 500 stres and restaurants.”及语境可知，此处应用现在完成时，强调对现在的影响，主语是Xinzhu ancient city，所以助动词用has，have的过去分词是had，故填has had。
125．句意：我的餐馆总是很忙。空处修饰动词restaurant，应用I对应的形容词性物主代词my，句首单词首字母要大写。故填My。
126．句意：在旺季，院子里挤满了等着吃饭的游客。根据“is ... with ”可知，此处考查短语be crwded with“挤满 ”，故填crwded。
127．句意：在忻州古城拥有一家餐馆的商人王国栋说。空后整个句子在句中作定语修饰名词a businessman，指人，在句中作主语，所以空处用关系词wh或that，故填wh/that。
128．句意：这个专家还说。上文已经提到了“Geng Yeqiang, an expert frm Shanxi University,”这个专家，再次提到应用定冠词the，故填The。
129．句意：同时，文物保护组织和旅游组织应该共同努力，使这种经济模式更好。“wrk tgether共同努力”的目的是“为了使这种经济模式更好”，所以此处用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t make。
130．句意：当一个现代的城市遇到它古老的过去，不仅可以更好地发展旅游业，而且当地的文化和历史也可以被更多的人所了解。主语“the lcal culture and histry”和knw之间是动宾关系，表示被了解，所以此处用被动语态（be dne），can后跟动词原形，knw的过去分词是knwn，故填be knwn。
（2023·四川宜宾·统考中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
Schl gardening 131 (be) nw very ppular. Parents and teachers all like these hands-n lessns very much.
Students are 132 (excite) abut the gardening lessns, t. The lessns give them a new way 133 learning and help them relax.
The children dn’t have t sit at 134 (they) desks all day. The gardening lessns teach them smething that they can’t learn in the classrm. Als, they have a chance 135 (mve) utside and get hands dirty.
Teachers ask students t take gardening 136 (serius). In gardens, students watch carefully with a purpse. They can see the 137 (begin), the middle and the end f the prject. Hwever, sme schls dn’t have enugh space fr a garden, s the lessns can be 138 (give) in the cmmunity gardens r parks.
“Gardening is 139 imprtant subject,” many teachers say, “It nt nly lets students knw where ur fd cmes frm, 140 als makes them have mre lve fr the earth. Gardening is nt just a hbby, it’s a life skill.”
【答案】
131．is 132．excited 133．f 134．their 135．t mve 136．seriusly 137．beginning 138．given 139．an 140．but
【导语】本文主要介绍了学校的园艺课。
131．句意：校园园艺现在很受欢迎。根据“nw”可知句子应用一般现在时，主语Schl gardening为第三人称单数，be动词应用is。故填is。
132．句意：学生们也对园艺课感到兴奋不已。根据“are”和“abut”可知此处应用形容词短语be excited abut表示“对……感到兴奋”。故填excited。
133．句意：这些课程给了他们一种新的学习方式，帮助他们放松。根据“a new way”和“learning”可知此处应用a way f ding sth表示“做某事的方式”。故填f。
134．句意：孩子们不必整天坐在书桌前。desks为名词，其前应用they的形容词性物主代词their来修饰名词desks。故填their。
135．句意：此外，他们有机会到外面去，把手弄脏。根据“have a chance”可知此处应用动词短语have a chance t d sth表示“有做……的机会”，动词mve的不定式为t mve。故填t mve。
136．句意：老师要求学生认真对待园艺。根据“take gardening”可知此处用动词短语take sth seriusly表示“认真对待某事”，副词seriusly修饰动词take。故填seriusly。
137．句意：他们可以看到项目的开始、中期和结束。定冠词后加名词，动词begin的名词为beginning。故填beginning。
138．句意：然而，有些学校没有足够的空间建花园，所以可以在社区花园或公园上课。根据“the lessns can be”可知主语the lessns与动词give存在逻辑上的被动关系，此处应用含有情态动词can的被动语态，其谓语结构为：can be+过去分词，动词give的过去分词为given。故填given。
139．句意：园艺是一个重要的项目。根据“imprtant prject”可知prject为单数名词，且imprtant为元音音素开头的单词，因此应用不定冠词an来表泛指。故填an。
140．句意：它不仅让学生知道我们的食物来自哪里，而且让他们对地球有更多的热爱。根据“nt nly”和“als”可知此处应用nt nly…but als…来表示“不仅……而且……”。故填but。
（2023·山东枣庄·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。把答案写在答题卡的横线上。
When May Day cmes, it means that peple will have several vacatin days. Are yu srry fr nt traveling during the vacatin this year? If yu stayed at hme, I think yu made a gd 141 (chse). Why? Because there were a lt f peple in many 142 (place) f interest in China. They were t crwded fr the peple t have a gd time.
It was 143 (reprt) that there were ver 100,000 peple n Munt Tai n May 1st, 2023. Yu culdn’t take phts fr yu r 144 (yu) friends. Yu even had n place t rest. A friend f mine 145 (tell) me he culd see nthing except lts f peple n Munt Tai. “We culdn’t walk if the peple 146 frnt f us didn’t walk,” He said. He shwed me a pht taken n Munt Tai. In 147 pht, I hardly fund him, because there were s many peple.
S sme peple advise that we shuld just stay at hme 148 (avid) t many peple. Hwever, ther peple disagree with them. They think it’s 149 (excite) t g traveling. I lve staying at hme mre 150 traveling. What’s yur idea?
【答案】
141．chice 142．places 143．reprted 144．yur 145．tld 146．in 147．the 148．t avid 149．exciting 150．than
【导语】本文介绍了五一假期期间应该待在家还是出去旅游的一些不同的观点，并举例说明。
141．句意：如果你待在家里，我认为你做了一个不错的选择。空前有a修饰，空处应用单数名词，chse的名词是chice，故填chice。
142．句意：因为有很多人都去中国的许多名胜古迹旅游。空前有many修饰，此处名词应用复数形式，故填places。
143．句意：据报道，2023年5月1日，泰山上有超过10万人。空前有was，此处动词应用过去分词形式，构成一般过去时的被动结构，构成句型“It was reprted that...”，表示“据报道……”，故填reprted。
144．句意：你不能为你或你的朋友拍照。空处修饰其后的名词，指的是“你的朋友”，应用形容词性物主代词，故填yur。
145．句意：我的一个朋友告诉我，他在泰山上除了很多人什么也看不见。描述过去的事情，动词用过去式，故填tld。
146．句意：如果前面的人不走，我们就走不动。结合“frnt f us”可知，此处是短语in frnt f“在……前面”，故填in。
147．句意：在照片里，我几乎找不到他，因为人太多了。根据“He shwed me a pht taken n Munt Tai.”可知，此处再次提到前面提到的名词pht，应用定冠词the，故填the。
148．句意：所以有些人建议我们应该待在家里，以避免太多人。空处表示目的，应用不定式作目的状语，故填t avid。
149．句意：他们认为去旅游是令人兴奋的。空处修饰“t g traveling”这件事情，应用-ing形容词作表语，故填exciting。
150．句意：比起旅游，我更喜欢待在家里。根据“mre”可知，此处是“staying at hme”和“traveling”的比较，应用than“比”，故填than。
（2023·浙江金华·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Hanfu has becme ppular again in recent years. A grwing number f yung peple in China are starting t wear the 151 (traditin) Han Chinese clthing. The style has even attracted sme freigners. One f them is Rian, a yung man frm Brazil.
Rian lives in Xi’an. Tw years ag, he came t the beautiful city and became 152 English teacher at a kindergarten. After 153 (see) many peple wearing Hanfu in the streets, Rian develped a strng interest in it and wanted 154 (try) it n himself. “My first taste f Hanfu was the Tang style. 155 is fun t wear it,” said the yung man. “Tday, it is still my favrite Hanfu style.” Every time he puts it n, he feels as if he has travelled back t ancient times.
Since then, Hanfu has helped Rian learn mre 156 China. In the past, the nly thing he 157 (knw) abut the cuntry was that it had a lng histry and a rich culture. But nw Hanfu has shwn him mre details abut Chinese culture.
He wants t share his feelings with friends bth in China 158 abrad, s he begins t make shrt 159 (vide) f himself trying n Hanfu and psts them up n Western scial media platfrms. It has 160 (quick) becme a ht hit n the Internet. He spreads Chinese culture in his wn way.
【答案】
151．traditinal 152．an 153．seeing 154．t try 155．It 156．abut 157．knew 158．and 159．vides 160．quickly
【导语】本文主要介绍了来自巴西的年轻人Rian对汉服非常感兴趣，他也制作短视频传播中国文化。
151．句意：越来越多的中国年轻人开始穿传统的汉服。空格后是名词，此处用形容词traditinal“传统的”。故填traditinal。
152．句意：两年前，他来到这个美丽的城市，在一所幼儿园当了英语老师。此处泛指“一名老师”，English以元音音素开头，用不定冠词an。故填an。
153．句意：在街上看到许多人穿着汉服后，瑞安对汉服产生了浓厚的兴趣，并想亲自试穿。介词后加动名词。故填seeing。
154．句意：在街上看到许多人穿着汉服后，瑞安对汉服产生了浓厚的兴趣，并想亲自试穿。want t d sth.“想要做某事”。故填t try。
155．句意：穿上它很有趣。It is adj. t d sth.“做某事是……的”。故填It。
156．句意：从那时起，汉服帮助Rian更多地了解中国。根据“learn ”可知是更了解中国，用介词abut。故填abut。
157．句意：在过去，他对这个国家唯一了解的是它有着悠久的历史和丰富的文化。根据“In the past”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式knew“知道”。故填knew。
158．句意：他想与国内外的朋友分享自己的感受，于是他开始制作自己尝试汉服的短视频，并将其发布在西方社交媒体平台上。“两者都”。故填and。
159．句意：他想与国内外的朋友分享自己的感受，于是他开始制作自己尝试汉服的短视频，并将其发布在西方社交媒体平台上。此处表示泛指用名词复数vides“视频”。故填vides。
160．句意：它在互联网上迅速走红。修饰动词用副词quickly“快速地”。故填quickly。
（2023·浙江宁波·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
One day at schl, smething strange caught Ann’s attentin. Lily 161 (quick) put a bag in her wn desk, making Ann feel unusual. Later, she saw Lily secretly give smething 162 Cindy under the desk. It seemed that they decided 163 (d) smething withut her. Ann thught, “Hw can my best friend plan smething withut inviting me?” Even thugh they were still 164 (friend) t her, she was a little upset.
On the bus ride hme, Ann avided 165 (sit) next t Lily n purpse. She nticed Lily giving an envelpe t smene else, which made her even mre upset.
Later that evening, there was 166 knck n Ann’s dr. There std Cindy frm next dr, inviting her t Lily’s party. 167 first, Ann didn’t want t g and said n t her, explaining that they were n 168 (lng) friends. But Cindy kept asking Ann t cme alng.
When they arrived at Lily’s huse, everyne shuted, “Surprise!” Ann hardly 169 (believe) that. Lily smiled and said, “Tmrrw is yur birthday!” Ann was 170 mved that tears filled her eyes. She said thanks and hugged Lily.
【答案】
161．quickly 162．t 163．t d 164．friendly 165．sitting 166．a 167．At 168．lnger 169．believed 170．s
【导语】本文主要讲述了安的朋友们为她筹划生日派对，给她一个惊喜的故事。
161．句意：莉莉迅速地在自己的书桌里放了一个包，让安感到不寻常。此空修饰动词put，应填副词quickly“快速地”，故填quickly。
162．句意：后来，她看到莉莉在桌子底下偷偷给辛迪一些东西。give sth t sb“给某人某物”，动词短语，故填t。
163．句意：似乎她们决定做些什么瞒着她。decide t d sth“决定做某事”，此空应填动词不定式，故填t d。
164．句意：尽管他们对她仍然很友好，她还是有点心烦意乱。be friendly t sb“对某人友好”，形容词短语，故填friendly。
165．句意：在回家的公共汽车上，安故意避免坐在莉莉旁边。avid ding sth“避免做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填sitting。
166．句意：那天晚上晚些时候，有人敲安的门。此处表示有人敲门，knck是以辅音音素开头的，故填a。
167．句意：起初，安不想去，还拒绝了她，解释说他们不再是朋友了。at first“起初”，固定搭配，故填At。
168．句意：起初，安不想去，还拒绝了她，解释说他们不再是朋友了。n lnger“不再”，固定搭配，故填lnger。
169．句意：安几乎不相信。整段用的是一般过去时，此空应填过去式，故填believed。
170．句意：安感动得热泪盈眶。s…that“如此……以致于”，引导结果状语从句，故填s。
（2023·浙江·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
It was the fifth day f ur Italian jurney. We arrived at ur htel 171 (early) than usual. Dad ffered t take us t the ancient city f Pmpeii. I didn’t really want t g 172 I had n interest in ld cities.
We travelled there by train. On the way, Dad tld us smething abut 173 histry. Many years ag, Pmpeii was a large city near a vlcan(火山). The vlcan brke ut and 174 (cmplete) cvered the city in ash(灰). Abut twenty thusand peple 175 (kill). But the buildings remained there. And nw, 2,000 years later, peple arund the wrld cme here 176 (see) hw peple lived all thse years ag.
I had thught it was bring t visit the 2,000-year-ld 177 (huse), but I was wrng. They were very interesting! Mst f their rms 178 (have) fine paintings all ver the walls. I was als amazed at the bathrms. I’d lve a big bathrm in ur huse— 179 (ur) is s small!
Dad usually makes bad plans but this time he gets it right, finally. 180 a surprise! I gt really interested in Pmpeii. In fact, I’ve gt lts f ideas fr ur huse when we get hme!
【答案】
171．earlier 172．because/as 173．the 174．cmpletely 175．were killed 176．t see 177．huses 178．had 179．urs 180．What
【导语】本文讲述了作者和家人去庞贝古城的经历。
171．句意：我们到达旅馆的时间比平时早。根据“than”可知应用比较级，故填earlier。
172．句意：我并不是真的想去，因为我对古城没有兴趣。根据“I didn’t really want t had n interest in ld cities.”可知后句是前句的原因，此处可以用because或as引导原因状语从句，故填because/as。
173．句意：爸爸给我们讲了一些历史。此处是特指庞贝古城的历史，应用定冠词the，故填the。
174．句意：火山爆发了，整个城市被火山灰完全覆盖了。cmplete是形容词，此处修饰动词，应用副词，故填cmpletely。
175．句意：大约有两万人丧生。主语peple和动词kill之间是被动关系，应用被动语态，结合句子是一般过去时可知应用一般过去时的被动语态：was/were dne，主语是peple，be动词用were。故填were killed。
176．句意：现在，2000年过去了，世界各地的人们来到这里，看看那些年前人们是如何生活的。分析语境可知人们来到这里是为了看看那些年前人们是如何生活的，应用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t see。
177．句意：我原以为参观那些有2000年历史的老房子很无聊，但是我错了。huse“房子”，可数名词，此处应用复数表示泛指，故填huses。
178．句意：他们大多数房间的墙上都挂满了精美的油画。have“有”，动词，句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填had。
179．句意：我希望我们家有个大浴室——我们家的浴室太小了！此处是指“我们家的浴室”，空后无名词，应用名词性物主代词urs。故填urs。
180．句意：真是个惊喜！此处是感叹句，surprise是名词，应用what引导感叹句，故填What。
（2023·四川自贡·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
China is the birthplace f tea. Since ancient times, Chinese peple have been planting, picking, making and drinking tea. Chinese tea makers have develped 6 main kinds 181 tea—green, yellw, dark, white, lng and black teas. There are mre than 2,000 tea 182 (prduct) in China.
Tea was riginally used as herbal (香草的) medicine 183 (call) “tu”. During the treating prcess, peple gradually fund that tea culd nt nly cure illness 184 als help t clear heat away, s tea became 185 necessary drink. Nwadays, tea is ne f the wrld’s three majr drinks. It 186 (enjy) by peple all ver the wrld. Tea can be fund everywhere, such as in family activities, wrkplaces, teahuses and restaurants. It is als an imprtant 187 (cmmunicate) medium fr making friends, weddings and ther activities. S far, Chinese tea culture 188 (becme) an imprtant part f Chinese culture.
On Nvember 29th, 2022, China’s traditinal tea-making was 189 (successful) added t the intangible cultural heritage list (非物质文化遗产名录) f the UNESCO. China nw has the 190 (many) items (项目) n the list. The mve will help prtect and hand dwn Chinese tea culture. It als helps freign peple have a better understanding f Chinese tea, as well as Chinese culture.
【答案】
181．f 182．prducts 183．called 184．but 185．a 186．is enjyed 187．cmmunicatin 188．has becme 189．successfully 190．mst
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍中国的茶文化。
181．句意：中国的茶叶制造商已经开发出6种主要的茶——绿茶、黄茶、红茶、白茶、乌龙茶和红茶。kinds f“各种”，固定短语，故填f。
182．句意：中国有2000多种茶叶产品。“mre than 2,000”修饰可数名词复数，故填prducts。
183．句意：茶最初被用作草药，被称为“荼”。此处应使用过去分词called作后置定语修饰其前的名词，故填called。
184．句意：在治疗过程中，人们逐渐发现茶不仅可以治病，还可以清热，因此茶成为一种必要的饮品。根据“peple gradually fund that tea culd nt nly cure help t clear heat away”可知，此处是nt als...结构，意为“不仅……而且……”。故填but。
185．句意：在治疗过程中，人们逐渐发现茶不仅可以治病，还可以清热，因此茶成为一种必要的饮品。此处泛指一种饮品，“necessary”首字母发辅音音素。故填a。
186．句意：它受到全世界人民的喜爱。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，主语是It，故填is enjyed。
187．句意：它也是交友、婚礼和其他活动的重要交流媒介。此处在句中作定语修饰其后的名词，cmmunicatin medium“交流媒介”，故填cmmunicatin。
188．句意：迄今为止，中国茶文化已经成为中国文化的重要组成部分。根据“S far”可知，时态是现在完成时，主语是“Chinese tea culture”，助动词用has。故填has becme。
189．句意：2022年11月29日，中国传统制茶成功被列入联合国教科文组织非物质文化遗产名录。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式。故填successfully。
190．句意：中国现在拥有清单上最多的项目。此前有定冠词the修饰，用形容词最高级mst。故填mst。
（2023·四川达州·统考中考真题）
语法填空 阅读下面短文，在文章空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Basketball is 191 active and much-lved sprt that is enjyed by many fr fun and exercise. S far, the “Village Basketball Assciatin” at Taipan village in Guizhu has 192 (get) tns f attentin. The final game f the Guizhu cuntry basketball league (联赛), knwn 193 “Village BA”, tk place n March 27. The winner was Team Qiandngnan and prizes fr the team 194 (be) bags f rice, fish and ducks. The players were nt 195 (prfessin). Mst f them were farmers frm lcal villages and nearby cities. Mre than 30,000 peple frm acrss the cuntry pured int the small village t watch the game. Even a single 196 (sit) was hard t get. Peple kncked n irn pts and bwls t cheer fr players. Villagers perfrmed flk sngs and 197 (dance) in the halftime shw.
Since 2016, the lcal gvernment has wrked 198 (hardly) t build new standard basketball curts (篮球场) t supprt basketball develpment. Taipan has nw been a mdel place f rural vitalizatin (乡村振兴) in 199 (sprt) and turism (旅游业). In the summer f 2022, abut 500,000 visitrs came here t watch “Village BA” games. It brught great benefits (收益) t the village.
Zeng Jinlng, a 17-year-ld villager, has watched the games 200 he was 6 years ld. He said, “I dream f taking part in the ‘Village BA’ final ne day.”
【答案】
191．an 192． gt/gtten 193．as 194．were 195．prfessinal 196．seat 197．danced 198．hard 199．sprts 200．since
【导语】本文介绍篮球运动是一项深受人们喜爱的运动，也介绍了贵州台盘村的“村BA”。
191．句意：篮球是一项活跃而备受喜爱的运动，许多人都喜欢它来娱乐和锻炼身体。此处泛指一项运动，“active”首字母发元音音素，故填an。
192．句意：到目前为止，贵州台盘村的“乡村篮球协会”已经获得了大量的关注。本句时态是现在完成时，get的过去分词是gt/gtten，故填gt/gtten。
193．句意：被称为“村BA”的贵州乡村篮球联赛决赛于3月27日拉开帷幕。根据“The final game f the Guizhu cuntry basketball league (联赛), knwn...‘Village BA’”可知，此处是knwn as短语，意为“被称为”。故填as。
194．句意：冠军是黔东南队，该队的奖品是几袋大米、鱼和鸭子。本句时态是一般过去时，主语中心词“prizes”是复数，故填were。
195．句意：这些球员都不专业。此处在句中作表语，用形容词形式，故填prfessinal。
196．句意：连一个座位都很难订到。a修饰可数名词单数，seat“座位”符合语境，故填seat。
197．句意：村民们在中场表演中表演了民歌和舞蹈。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填danced。
198．句意：自2016年以来，当地政府努力建设新的标准篮球场，以支持篮球运动的发展。wrk hard“努力工作”，故填hard。
199．句意：台盘现在已经成为乡村体育和旅游振兴的典范。此处与“turism”并列，使用名词复数形式，故填sprts。
200．句意：17岁的村民曾金龙从6岁起就开始观看比赛。根据“Zeng Jinlng, a 17-year-ld villager, has watched the was 6 years ld.”可知，此处是“现在完成时+since+一般过去时”结构，故填since。
（2023·四川南充·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的横线上。
Hw can I becme a better persn? This questin has been in my head fr lng. As students, we spend mst f ur time 201 (study). I knw that learning at schl 202 (make) us better persns, but I always dream f ding mre.
Last year, I gt t knw a grup f autistic (患自闭症的) children. We called 203 (they) “the Snails”. It was hard t cmmunicate with them at first, because they wuldn’t like t. After 204 tw-week training, I became mre skilled and gt 205 (clse) t them day by day. I als received much 206 (please) when playing with them. What’s mre, I fund that every ne f “the Snails” had his r her wn talent. And their clrful pictures n the wall caught my special attentin, 207 it was difficult t tell what they were trying t express.
208 (deep) mved by their pictures, I decided t hld a charity (慈善) sale. We walked n the busy street, selling their creative pictures. 60 pictures 209 (sell) that day. Peple thught their pictures were full 210 imaginatin.
Back t the questin abut hw t becme a better persn, I think I’m lucky enugh t get my wn answer.
【答案】
201．studying 202．makes 203．them 204．a 205．clser 206．pleasure 207．althugh/thugh 208．Deeply 209．were sld 210．f
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者如何帮助自闭症儿童，因此让自己变得更好就要学会去帮助他人。
201．句意：作为学生，我们把大部分时间都花在学习上。spend time ding sth表示“花费时间做某事”，固定短语。故填studying。
202．句意：我知道在学校学习使我们成为更好的人，但我总是梦想做得更多。动名词“learning at schl”作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。故填makes。
203．句意：我们称他们为“蜗牛”。动词called后跟代词宾格形式。故填them。
204．句意：经过两周的训练，我变得越来越熟练，一天天地接近他们。空处泛指“两周的培训”，且tw是以辅音音素开头，用不定冠词a修饰。故填a。
205．句意：经过两周的训练，我变得越来越熟练，一天天地接近他们。根据“I became mre skilled and gt ...(clse) t them day by day.”可知，此处暗含比较含义，表示“更接近他们”，clse的比较级为clser。故填clser。
206．句意：当我和他们一起玩的时候，我也得到了很多乐趣。much后跟不可数名词pleasure，表示“乐趣”。故填pleasure。
207．句意：他们挂在墙上的彩色图画引起了我的特别注意，尽管很难说出他们想表达什么。“their clrful pictures n the wall caught my special attentin,”和“ it was difficult t tell what they were trying t express”之间是让步关系，需用连词althugh/thugh表示“尽管”。故填althugh/thugh。
208．句意：他们的照片深深地打动了我，我决定举办一场慈善义卖。修饰动词需用副词形式deeply，表示“深深地”。故填Deeply。
209．句意：当天共售出60幅画。根据“We walked n the busy street, selling their creative pictures.”可知本句是一般过去时；且主语60 pictures和动词sell之间是被动关系，需用一般过去时的被动语态(was/were dne)。主语是复数，be动词用were，sell的过去分词为sld。故填were sld。
210．句意：人们认为他们的画充满了想象力。be full f表示“充满……”，是固定短语。故填f。
In February, there was a vide abut Asian elephants in Yunnan, in which tw 1 (elephant) were fighting fr fd. By 2 end f 2022, the number f wild Asian elephants 3 (be) mre than 300.
They started t visit villages. 4 did they d s? Because they needed mre space and fd. But this brught lsses fr the farmers.
Smetimes, the elephants were scared and 5 (hurt) peple. S the lcal gvernment is 6 (think) f sme smart ways t get alng with the cute but naughty animals.
◆ If the elephants eat farmers’ plants, farmers can get sme mney frm the gvernment.
If the elephants get t clse t peple, fences (栅栏) can be built near villages and schls t prtect peple.
◆ If yu see sme elephants, stay 7 least 300 meters away frm them. Als, yu shuld leave the place 8 (quick).
◆ If yu are in a place with elephants, dn’t 9 (wear) bright-clred clthes. Such clthes culd make elephants 10 (angry).